Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AWord to Mazda Owners
Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete
customer satisfaction in mind.
To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual
carefully and follow its recommendations.
An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service is
necessary, that's the place to go.
Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best
possible service.
We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure
and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.
Mazda North American Operations
Important Notes About This Manual
Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should you
resell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.
All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal at
Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.
Event Data Recorder
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. In the event of a crash, this device records data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time. These data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safer
vehicles.
Air Conditioning and the Environment
Your Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not to
damage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may find
some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
©2004 Mazda North American Operations
Printed in U.S.A. (Print1)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
How to Use This Manual
We want to help you get the most driving
pleasure from your vehicle. Your owner's
manual, when read from cover to cover,
can do that in many ways.
NOTE
A NOTE provides information and
sometimes suggests how to make better
use of your vehicle.
Illustrations complement the words of the
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
Mazda. By reading your manual, you can
find out about the features, important
safety information, and driving under
various road conditions.
The above symbol, located on some parts
of the vehicle, indicates that this manual
contains information related to the part.
Please refer to the manual for a detailed
explanation.
The above symbol in this manual means
“Do not do this” or “Do not let this
happen”.
Index: A good place to start is the Index,
an alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
You'll find several WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which serious injury or death could
result if the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which bodily injury or damage to your
vehicle, or both, could result if the
caution is ignored.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Your Vehicle at a Glance
1
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Essential Safety Equipment
2
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, SRS air bags and
child-restraint systems.
Knowing Your Mazda
3
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
Before Driving Your Mazda
4
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Driving Your Mazda
5
Explanation of instruments and controls.
Interior Comfort
6
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio
system.
In Case of an Emergency
7
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.
Maintenance and Care
8
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
9
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.
Specifications
10
11
Technical information about your Mazda.
Index
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Your Vehicle at a Glance
1
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Dashboard and Interior Overview .............................................. 1-2
Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-4
1-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Dashboard and Interior Overview
The equipment and installation position varies according to model and grade.
1-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Dashboard and Interior Overview
Rear seat .............................................................................................................. page 2-9
Front seats ............................................................................................................ page 2-2
Seat belt ............................................................................................................. page 2-16
Air bags ............................................................................................................. page 2-44
Power door lock switch ....................................................................................... page 3-8
Power window lock switch ................................................................................ page 3-24
Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-23
Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-26
Trunk release button .......................................................................................... page 3-19
Steering column release lever ............................................................................ page 3-34
Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-34
Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-35
Ignition switch ..................................................................................................... page 5-2
Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-5
MT shift lever ...................................................................................................... page 5-8
AT shift lever (Sport AT) ................................................................................... page 5-10
Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-23
Lighting control/Turn signals ............................................................................ page 5-38
Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-40
Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-44
Climate control system ........................................................................................ page 6-2
Audio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-16
Interior light ....................................................................................................... page 6-43
Map light ........................................................................................................... page 6-44
Glove box .......................................................................................................... page 6-52
Center console ................................................................................................... page 6-52
Storage pocket ................................................................................................... page 6-52
Sunvisor ............................................................................................................. page 6-43
Vanity mirror ...................................................................................................... page 6-43
Lighter ............................................................................................................... page 6-48
Ashtray ............................................................................................................... page 6-49
Cup holder ......................................................................................................... page 6-50
Information display ............................................................................................ page 6-46
1-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
Sedan/5-Door
The equipment and installation position varies according to model and grade.
1-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
Doors and keys .................................................................................................... page 3-2
Child safety locks ................................................................................................ page 3-9
Power windows ................................................................................................. page 3-22
Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-26
Trunk lid ............................................................................................................ page 3-18
Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-24
Moonroof ........................................................................................................... page 3-27
Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-34
Rear window defroster ....................................................................................... page 5-42
Antenna ............................................................................................................. page 6-16
Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-23
Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-29
Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-33
1-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
Sport Wagon
The equipment and installation position varies according to model and grade.
1-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
Doors and keys .................................................................................................... page 3-2
Child safety locks ................................................................................................ page 3-9
Power windows ................................................................................................. page 3-22
Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-26
Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-24
Liftgate .............................................................................................................. page 3-12
Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-34
Rear window defroster ....................................................................................... page 5-42
Antenna ............................................................................................................. page 6-16
Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-23
Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-29
Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-33
1-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
2
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, SRS air bags and
child-restraint systems.
Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2
Front Seats (Manually Operated Seats) ..................................... 2-2
Front Seats (Electrically Operated Seats) .................................. 2-5
Rear Seat ................................................................................... 2-9
Seat Belt Systems ........................................................................ 2-16
Seat Belt Precautions .............................................................. 2-16
3-Point Type Seat Belt ............................................................ 2-19
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems ....... 2-21
Rear Center Position Seat Belt ................................................ 2-23
Seat Belt Extender ................................................................... 2-25
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep ................................................ 2-26
Child Restraint ............................................................................ 2-28
Child Restraint Precautions ..................................................... 2-28
Installing Child-Restraint Systems .......................................... 2-32
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems ............................................ 2-39
SRS Air Bags ............................................................................... 2-44
Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions ............... 2-44
Supplemental Restraint System Components ......................... 2-49
How the Air Bags Work .......................................................... 2-52
2-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Front Seats (Manually
Operated Seats)
WARNING
Securing the Seats:
Adjustable seats and seatbacks that
are not securely locked are dangerous.
In a sudden stop or collision, the seat
or seatback could move, causing
injury. Make sure the adjustable
components of the seat are locked in
place by attempting to slide the seat
forward and backward and rocking
the seatback.
WARNING
Modification of the Front Seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats
such as replacing the upholstery or
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The
front seats contain air bag
components essential to the
supplemental restraint system. Such
modifications could damage the
supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is
any need to remove or reinstall the
front seats.
qSeat Slide
WARNING
Driver's Seat Adjustment:
Adjusting the driver's seat while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. The
driver could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident. Adjust the
driver's seat only when the vehicle is
stopped.
Damaged Front Seats:
Driving with damaged front seats is
dangerous. A collision, even one not
strong enough to inflate the air bags,
could damage the front seats which
contain essential air bag components.
If there was a subsequent collision, the
air bag may not deploy which could
lead to injuries. Always have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the
front seats, front seat belt
To move a seat forward or backward, raise
the lever and slide the seat to the desired
position and release the lever.
pretensioners and air bags after a
collision.
2-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seat is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and
backward.
To change the seatback angle, lean
forward slightly while raising the lever.
Then lean back to the desired position and
release the lever.
qSeat Recline
WARNING
Reclining:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you don't get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you can
slide under the lap belt and suffer
serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back and
upright.
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seatback is locked in
place by attempting to push it forward and
backward.
Unlocked Seatback:
The seatback plays an important role
in your protection in a vehicle.
Leaving the seatback unlocked is
dangerous as it can allow passengers
to be ejected or thrown around and
baggage to strike occupants in a
sudden stop or collision, resulting in
severe injury. After adjusting the
seatback at any time, even when there
are no other passengers, rock the
seatback to make sure it is locked in
place.
CAUTION
When returning a rear-reclined seatback
to its upright position, make sure you
support the seatback while operating
the seatback lever. If the seatback is not
supported, it will flip forward suddenly
and could cause injury.
2-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Height adjustment
qHeight Adjustment (Driver's
Seat)
To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the
desired position.
To lower the head restraint, press the stop-
catch release, then push the head restraint
down.
By moving the seat lever up or down, the
seat bottom height can be adjusted.
Up
Down
qHead Restraint
Adjust the head restraint so that the top is
parallel with the top of the passenger's
ears, never the passenger's neck.
WARNING
qSeat Warmerí
Head Restraints Adjustment:
Driving with the head restraints
The front seats are electrically heated. The
ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
adjusted too low or removed is
dangerous. With no support behind
your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision. Always
drive with the head restraints inserted
when seats are being used and make
sure they are properly adjusted.
Press the switch to turn the seat warmer
on or off. When the switch is in the ON
position, the indicator light will come on.
ON
OFF
2-4
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
NOTE
Front Seats (Electrically
Operated Seats)
The thermostat regulates seat
temperature by turning the current on
and off.
WARNING
Modification of the Front Seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats
such as replacing the upholstery or
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The
front seats contain air bag
components essential to the
supplemental restraint system. Such
modifications could damage the
supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is
any need to remove or reinstall the
front seats.
Damaged Front Seats:
Driving with damaged front seats is
dangerous. A collision, even one not
strong enough to inflate the air bags,
could damage the front seats which
contain essential air bag components.
If there was a subsequent collision, the
air bag may not deploy which could
lead to injuries. Always have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the
front seats, front seat belt
pretensioners and air bags after a
collision.
2-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
qSeat Recline (Driver's Seat)
CAUTION
l
l
The seat-bottom power adjustment is
operated by motors. Avoid extended
operation because excessive use can
damage the motors.
WARNING
Reclining:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you don't get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you can
slide under the lap belt and suffer
serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back and
upright.
To prevent the battery from running
down, avoid using the power
adjustment when the engine is
stopped. The adjuster uses a large
amount of electric power.
l
Don't use the switch to make more
than one adjustment at a time.
qSeat Slide (Driver's Seat)
Change the seatback angle by pressing the
front or rear side of the reclining switch.
Release the switch at the desired position.
To slide the seat, move the slide lifter
switch on the outside of the seat to the
front or back and hold it. Release the
switch at the desired position.
2-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Lower the seat-bottom by pressing down
on the center of the switch. Release the
switch at the desired position.
qHeight Adjustment (Driver's
Seat)
Front height adjustment
To adjust the front height of the seat-
bottom, raise or lower the front of the
slide lifter switch on the left side of the
seat.
qLumbar Support Adjustment
(Driver's Seat)
To adjust the lumbar support, pull the
lever forward.
Rear height adjustment
Raise or lower the back of the switch to
adjust the rear height of the seat-bottom.
Height adjustment
Raise the seat-bottom by pulling up on the
center of the switch. Release the switch at
the desired position.
2-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
qHead Restraint
qSeat Warmerí
The front seats are electrically heated. The
ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
WARNING
Head Restraints Adjustment:
Driving with the head restraints
adjusted too low or removed is
dangerous. With no support behind
your head, your neck could be
Press the switch to turn the seat warmer
on or off. When the switch is in the ON
position, the indicator light will come on.
seriously injured in a collision. Always
drive with the head restraints inserted
when seats are being used and make
sure they are properly adjusted.
To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the
desired position.
ON
To lower the head restraint, press the stop-
catch release, then push the head restraint
down.
OFF
NOTE
The thermostat regulates seat
temperature by turning the current on
and off.
Adjust the head restraint so that the top is
parallel with the top of the passenger's
ears, never the passenger's neck.
2-8
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Rear Seat
WARNING
Unlocked Seatback:
WARNING
The seatback plays an important role
in your protection in a vehicle.
Leaving the seatback unlocked is
dangerous as it can allow passengers
to be ejected or thrown around and
baggage to strike occupants in a
sudden stop or collision, resulting in
severe injury. After adjusting the
seatback at any time, even when there
are no other passengers, rock the
seatback to make sure it is locked in
place.
Stacking Cargo:
Stacking luggage or other cargo
higher than the seatbacks, and placing
articles on the rear package tray or on
the luggage compartment cover is
dangerous. During sudden braking or
a collision, objects can fly around and
become projectiles that may hit and
injure passengers. Don't stack cargo
higher than the seatbacks or place
articles on the rear package tray or on
the luggage compartment cover.
Passenger on the Folded Seatback:
Driving with a passenger on the folded
seatback is dangerous. Allowing a
child to sit up on the folded seatback
while the vehicle is moving is
particularly dangerous. In a sudden
stop or even a minor collision, a child
not in a proper seat or child-restraint
system and seat belt could be thrown
forward, back or even out of the
vehicle resulting in serious injuries or
death. The child or other objects in the
baggage area could be thrown into
other occupants and cause serious
injury. Never allow a passenger to sit
or stand on the folded seatback while
the vehicle is moving.
Not Securing Luggage and Cargo:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be
crushed during sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury. Make sure
luggage and cargo is secured before
driving.
Securing Seats:
Adjustable seats that are not securely
locked are dangerous. In a sudden
stop or collision, the seat or seatback
could move, causing injury. Make sure
the adjustable components of the seat
are locked in place.
2-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
qSplit-Folding Rear Seatback
(Sedan)
WARNING
The seatbacks can be folded down to
provide more space in the trunk.
Children and the Folding Rear Seats:
Playing with the folding rear seats is
dangerous. Once the seats are back
up, a child in the trunk would not be
able to get out the way they had
entered. If you have small children,
keep the seatbacks locked (sedan). Do
not give the car keys to children and
do not allow them to play in the
vehicle.
To fold the seatbacks
WARNING
Operating the Remote Handle Levers
While a Rear-Facing Child-Restraint
System is in the Rear Seat:
Operating the remote handle levers
while a rear-facing child-restraint
system is in the rear seat is dangerous.
It could cause injury to a child seated
in the child-restraint system when the
seatback suddenly flips forward.
Always remove the child-restraint
system from the rear seat before
operating the remote handle levers for
the rear seat.
NOTE
When returning a rear seat to its
original position, also replace the seat
belt to its normal position. Verify that
the seat belt pulls and retracts.
Folding Seatbacks with Remote
Handle Levers:
Not checking the rear seat area for
persons before folding the seatbacks
with the remote handle levers is
dangerous. The rear seat area is
difficult to see from the rear of the
vehicle. Operating the remote handle
levers without checking could cause
injury to a person when a seatback
suddenly flips forward. Make sure
there is nobody in the rear seat area
before operating the remote handle
levers.
2-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
To return the seatbacks to the upright
position
CAUTION
Be careful of the following when using
the remote handle levers:
1. Lift the seatbacks upright.
2. Pull on the top of the seatbacks from
inside the vehicle to make sure they are
locked.
l
On a downward slope, the seatback
could flip forward faster than on a
flat area.
3. Fasten the rear-center lap/shoulder belt
and check that all seat belts are routed
properly for passenger use (page 2-23).
l
On an upward slope, the seatback
may not fold down. When the
seatbacks cannot be folded down
with levers, pull the rear seatback
forward from inside the vehicle.
WARNING
Seat Belts Caught Under Seatbacks:
A seat belt caught under a seatback
after the seatback is returned to its
upright position is dangerous. In a
collision or sudden stop, the seat belt
cannot provide adequate protection.
Always make sure the seat belts are
fully pulled out from under the
seatbacks.
1. Unfasten the lap portion of the rear
center seat belt (page 2-23).
CAUTION
Always unfasten the lap portion of the
belt before folding the rear-left
seatback. Leaving the lap portion of the
belt fastened could cause damage to the
seat belt, buckle and seatback.
2. After checking that the rear seats are
clear, open the trunk and pull the
remote handle levers on the left and
right side of the trunk.
2-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
qEasy Fold Down Rear Seatbacks
and Seat Bottom for Added
Luggage Space (5-Door/Sport
Wagon)
WARNING
Folding Seatbacks with Remote
Handle Levers:
The seatback and seat bottom can be
folded down to provide a flat surface
extending from the back of the front seats
to the rear of the vehicle for extra luggage
space.
Not checking the rear seat area for
persons before folding the seatbacks
with the remote handle levers is
dangerous. The rear seat area is
difficult to see from the rear of the
vehicle. Operating the remote handle
levers without checking could cause
injury to a person when a seatback
suddenly flips forward. Make sure
there is nobody in the rear seat area
before operating the remote handle
levers.
When using the remote handle levers:
CAUTION
To fold down the rear seatbacks and
seat bottoms
Be careful of the following when using
the remote handle levers:
l
On a downward slope, the seatback
could flip forward faster than on a
flat area.
WARNING
Operating the Remote Handle Levers
While a Rear-Facing Child-Restraint
System is in the Rear Seat:
l
On an upward slope, the seatback
may not fold down. When the
seatbacks cannot be folded down
with levers, pull the rear seatback
forward from inside the vehicle.
Operating the remote handle levers
while a rear-facing child-restraint
system is in the rear seat is dangerous.
It could cause injury to a child seated
in the child-restraint system when the
seatback suddenly flips forward.
Always remove the child-restraint
system from the rear seat before
operating the remote handle levers for
the rear seat.
1. Unfasten the lap portion of the rear
center seat belt (page 2-23).
2-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
CAUTION
CAUTION
Always unfasten the lap portion of the
belt before folding the rear-left
Always unfasten the lap portion of the
belt before folding the rear-left
seatback. Leaving the lap portion of the
belt fastened could cause damage to the
seat belt, buckle and seatback.
seatback. Leaving the lap portion of the
belt fastened could cause damage to the
seat belt, buckle and seatback.
2. After checking that the rear seats are
clear, open the liftgate and pull the
remote handle levers on the left and
right side of the liftgate.
2. Support the seatback with your hand.
3. Push the rear seatback knob down.
To return the seatbacks to the upright
position
When using the rear seatback knobs:
1. Lift the seatbacks upright.
2. Pull on the top of the seatbacks from
inside the vehicle to make sure they are
locked.
CAUTION
When operating the rear seatback knob,
make sure you support the seatback
with your hand. If the seatback is not
supported with your hand, it will flip
forward suddenly and could cause
injury to the finger that pushes the rear
seatback knob down.
3. Fasten the rear-center lap/shoulder belt
and check that all seat belts are routed
properly for passenger use (page 2-23).
1. Unfasten the lap portion of the rear
center seat belt (page 2-23).
2-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
qHead Restraint (5-Door/Sport
Wagon)
WARNING
Seat Belts Caught Under Seatbacks:
A seat belt caught under a seatback
after the seatback is returned to its
upright position is dangerous. In a
collision or sudden stop, the seat belt
cannot provide adequate protection.
Always make sure the seat belts are
fully pulled out from under the
seatbacks.
WARNING
Head Restraints Adjustment:
Driving with the head restraints
adjusted too low or removed is
dangerous. With no support behind
your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision. Always
drive with the head restraints inserted
when seats are being used and make
sure they are properly adjusted.
Returning Rear Seatbacks to the
Upright Position:
A rear seatback not fully returned and
locked in the upright position is
dangerous. Sudden stops or
Height adjustment
To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the
desired position.
To lower the head restraint, press the stop-
catch release, then push the head restraint
down.
maneuvering could cause a seatback
to flip forward suddenly resulting in
injury. If the red indicator is visible on
the back of the rear seatback knob, the
seatback is not locked in the upright
position. When returning the seatback
to the upright position, make sure
there is no red indication.
Locked position
Unlocked position
Adjust the head restraint so that the top is
parallel with the top of the passenger's
ears, never the passenger's neck.
2-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
qArmrest
The armrest can be used or placed upright.
WARNING
Positioning the Shoulder Belt Over the
Armrest:
Positioning the shoulder portion of a
rear seat belt over the armrest is
dangerous as it cannot provide
adequate protection in a collision and
could result in serious injuries. Never
position the shoulder portion of a rear
seat belt over the armrest.
2-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Precautions
Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden
stops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.
All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the way
when not in use.
The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only an
emergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during a
collision.
However, the front passenger's seat and all rear lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in two
modes: emergency locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.
While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the front
passenger seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make
sure the child-restraint system is secured properly.
2-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
WARNING
Not Wearing Seat Belts:
Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants not
wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown out
of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the same collision,
occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer. Always wear your seat belt and
make sure all occupants are properly restrained.
Seat Belt Damaged During an Accident:
Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the belt webbing
of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in a
collision. Whether a front seat was occupied or not, if the front air bags deployed the
seat belt pretensioners also deployed and both front seat belts must be replaced. Have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems in use during an accident
before they are used again.
Twisted Seat Belts:
Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt isn't available
to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt, which could
cause serious injury or death. Don't wear twisted seat belts.
One Belt, One Passenger:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt used
in this way can't spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be
crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for more
than one person at a time.
CAUTION
Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keep them
clean.
2-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions
Pregnant women should wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specific recommendations.
The lap belt should be worn SNUGLYAND AS LOWAS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.
The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across the
stomach area.
Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with your
doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.
qEmergency Locking Mode
If the belt has fully retracted, it will always be in the emergency locking mode until you
move it into automatic locking mode by pulling the belt all the way out to its full length. In
the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the
retractor will lock in position during a collision.
If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable movement while the vehicle is stopped or in
motion, you may be in the automatic locking mode because you have pulled the belt too far
out. To return to the more comfortable emergency locking mode, wait until you can stop
the vehicle in a safe level area, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking
mode and then again extend it around you.
qAutomatic Locking Mode
Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting to
an unsafe position in the event of an accident. To get the seat belt into the automatic
locking mode, pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint
system. It will retract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the
section on child restraint (page 2-28).
2-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
3-Point Type Seat Belt
WARNING
NOTE
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of
the Seat Belt:
When using the rear center seat belt,
refer to “Rear Center Position Seat
Belt” (page 2-23).
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
qFastening the Seat Belts
1. Grasp the buckle and tongue.
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.
4. Make sure the shoulder belt is snugly
fitted against your body.
Belt
Tongue
Take up slack
Keep low on
hip bone
Too high
3. Insert the tongue into the buckle until
you hear a click.
WARNING
Tongue
Positioning the Lap Portion of the
Seat Belt:
The lap portion of the seat belt worn
too high is dangerous. In a collision,
this would concentrate the impact
force directly on the abdominal area,
causing serious injury. Wear the lap
portion of the belt snugly and as low
as possible.
Buckle
2-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qUnfastening the Seat Belts
WARNING
Depress the button on the buckle.
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of
the Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
NOTE
If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it
for kinks and twists. If it is still not
retracting properly, have it inspected at
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qShoulder Belt Adjuster
Adjust the height of the shoulder belt if
the seat belt touches your neck, or if it
crosses your arm instead of your shoulder.
To raise the shoulder belt adjuster, push
the adjuster up. To lower the shoulder belt
adjuster, pull the button and slide it down.
Make sure the adjuster is locked.
2-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner and Load
Limiting Systems
WARNING
Expended Seat Belt Pretensioners:
Use of front seat belts with the
pretensioner system expended is
dangerous.
The seat belt pretensioners will only
function once. After they are
expended, they will not work again
and must be replaced immediately.
If the seat belt pretensioners are not
replaced, the risk of injury in a
collision will increase.
For optimum protection, the driver and
front passenger seat belts are equipped
with pretensioner and load limiting
systems.
In moderate or greater frontal or near-
frontal accidents, the front air bag and
pretensioner systems deploy
simultaneously. The pretensioners take up
slack in the front seat belts as the air bags
are expanding. The seat belt pretensioner
system will not activate if the seat belt is
not fastened, only you can be sure it is
worn properly. The load limiting system
releases belt webbing in a controlled
manner to reduce belt force on the
occupant's chest.
Always have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer inspect the seat belt
pretensioners and air bags after any
collision. The seat belt pretensioners
and air bags must be replaced after
any collision, which causes them to
deploy.
Modification or Testing of the
Pretensioner System:
WARNING
Modifying the components or wiring
of the pretensioner system, including
the use of electronic testing devices is
dangerous. You could accidentally
activate it or make it inoperable which
would prevent it from activating in an
accident. The occupants or repairers
could be seriously injured. Never
modify the components or wiring, or
use electronic testing devices on the
pretensioner system.
Incorrect Positioning of the Driver
and Front Passenger Seat Belts:
Incorrect positioning of the driver and
passenger seat belts is dangerous.
Without proper positioning, the
pretensioner and load limiting systems
cannot provide adequate protection in
an accident and this could result in
serious injury. Wear seat belts only as
recommended in this owner's manual.
2-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner Systems Warning
Light
WARNING
Pretensioner System Disposal:
Improper disposal of the pretensioner
system or a vehicle with non-
deactivated pretensioners is
dangerous. Unless all safety
procedures are followed, injury could
result. Ask an Authorized Mazda
Dealer how to safely dispose of the
pretensioner system or how to scrap a
pretensioner-equipped vehicle.
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is normal, the warning light
illuminates when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. After about 6 seconds
it goes out.
NOTE
l
The pretensioner system will only
activate in a moderate or greater
frontal or near-frontal collision. It
will not activate in most rollovers,
side or rear impacts.
A system malfunction is indicated when
the warning light constantly flashes,
illuminates or doesn't illuminate at all
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position. If any of these occur, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible. The system may not work in an
accident.
l
Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will be
released when the air bags and
pretensioners deploy. This does not
indicate a fire. This gas normally has
no effect on occupants, however,
those with sensitive skin may
experience light skin irritation. If
residue from the deployment of the
air bags or the front pretensioner
system gets on the skin or in the
eyes, wash it off as soon as possible.
WARNING
Self-Servicing the Air Bag/
Pretensioner Systems:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled. This
could cause serious injuries. Never
tamper with the systems and always
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
perform all servicing and repairs.
2-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Rear Center Position Seat
Belt
WARNING
Fastening the Rear-Center Seat Belt
with Only One Buckle:
Before using the rear-center lap/shoulder
belt make sure tongue (A) and anchor
buckle (B) are fastened.
Fastening the rear-center seat belt
with only one buckle is dangerous. If
only one pair of seat belt tongue and
buckle, either tongue (A) and anchor
buckle (B) or tongue (C) and anchor
buckle (D), is fastened, the seat belt
cannot provide full protection. In a
sudden stop or collision, the user
could slide under the belt and suffer
serious injuries. Always make sure
that both pairs of seat belt tongues and
buckles are fastened properly.
(A)
(B)
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of
the Seat Belt:
qFastening the Seat Belt
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
1. Grasp the buckle (D) and tongue (C).
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.
3. Insert the tongue (C) into the buckle
(D) until you hear a click.
4. Make sure the shoulder belt is snugly
fitted against your body.
WARNING
(C)
(A)
Positioning the Lap Portion of the
Seat Belt:
The lap portion of the seat belt worn
too high is dangerous. In a collision,
this would concentrate the impact
force directly on the abdominal area,
causing serious injury. Wear the lap
portion of the belt snugly and as low
as possible.
(B)
(D)
2-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qUnfastening the Seat Belt
NOTE
Depress the button on the buckle.
To encourage rear seat passengers to
wear their seat belts, we suggest leaving
the rear center lap position of the belt
fastened at all times except when
folding the rear seat forward.
qFastening the Lap Portion of the
Seat Belt
Grasp tongue (A) and insert it into the
anchor buckle (B) until you hear a click. It
is now secure for passenger use.
NOTE
qUnfastening the Lap Portion of
the Seat Belt
After returning the rear-left seatback to
its upright position, fasten the lap
portion of the belt.
Insert a small object such as a key in the
anchor buckle (B) slot.
(A)
(B)
qStowing the Rear Center Position
Seat Belt (Sport Wagon)
When folding the rear left seatback, stow
the rear center position seat belt using the
following procedure.
To stow the seat belt, retract the belt, put
tongues (A) and (C) together and insert
them into the ceiling recess.
Ceiling recess
(A)
CAUTION
Always unfasten the lap portion of the
belt before folding the rear-left
seatback. Leaving the lap portion of the
belt fastened could cause damage to the
seat belt, buckle and seatback.
(C)
2-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
To pull out the seat belt, slide tongue (A)
with your finger while moving it
downward, and slowly pull out the seat
belt from the ceiling recess.
Seat Belt Extender
If your seat belt is not long enough, even
when fully extended, a seat belt extender
may be available to you at no charge from
your Authorized Mazda Dealer.
This extender will be only for you and for
the particular vehicle and seat. Even if it
plugs into other seat belts, it may not hold
in the critical moment of a crash.
When ordering an extender, only order
one that provides the necessary additional
length to fasten the seat belt properly.
Please contact your Authorized Mazda
Dealer for more information.
WARNING
CAUTION
Unnecessary Use of an Extender:
Using a seat belt extender when not
necessary is dangerous. The seat belt
will be too long and not fit properly. In
an accident, the seat belt will not
provide adequate protection and you
could be seriously injured. Only use
the extender when it is required to
fasten the seat belt properly.
When stowing the seat belt, make sure
the belt is locked securely into the
ceiling recess. If the seat belt is not
locked securely, it could fall down
suddenly and cause injury.
Using an Improper Extender:
Using a seat belt extender that is for
another person or a different vehicle
or seat is dangerous. The seat belt will
not provide adequate protection and
the user could be seriously injured in
an accident. Only use the extender
provided for you and for the particular
vehicle and seat. NEVER use the
extender in a different vehicle or seat.
2-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Warning Light/
Beep
WARNING
Using an Extender That is Too Long:
Using an extender that is too long is
dangerous. The seat belt will not fit
properly. In an accident, the seat belt
will not provide adequate protection
and you could be seriously injured.
Don't use the extender or choose one
shorter in length if the distance
between the extender's buckle and the
center of the user's body is less than
15cm (6 in).
The seat belt warning light illuminates
and a beep sound will be heard if the
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
NOTE
Conditions of operation
When not in use, remove the seat belt
extender and store it in the vehicle. If
the seat belt extender is left connected,
the seat belt warning light will not
illuminate and function properly.
Condition
Result
The warning light
The driver's seat belt is not
fastened when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
illuminates for about 1
minute and a beep
sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened while the warning
light and the beep sound are
activated.
The warning light
turns off and the beep
sound stops.
The driver's seat belt is
The warning light will
fastened before the ignition not illuminate and the
switch is turned to the ON beep sound will not be
position.
heard.
2-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qBelt Minder
NOTE
The belt minder is a supplemental
The belt minder can be deactivated by
the following methods.
warning to the seat belt warning function.
This feature provides additional reminders
to the driver that the driver's seat belt is
not fastened by intermittently sounding a
beep sound and flashing the seat belt
warning light in the instrument cluster.
l
(Temporary deactivation)
To temporarily deactivate the belt
minder, turn the ignition switch to
the ON position, fasten the driver's
seat belt for about 2 seconds or
longer, and then unfasten it within 20
seconds. The belt minder will be
deactivated until the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position again.
Condition
Result
The driver's seat belt is not The warning light
fastened when the vehicle
speed reaches 8 km/h
(5 mph) and about 1 minute for about 6 seconds
has elapsed since the every 30 seconds, for
ignition switch was turned a period of about 5
flashes and the beep
sound will be heard
l
(Long-term deactivation)
To deactivate the belt minder over
the long term, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer. If the belt minder is
long-term deactivated, the belt
minder will not activate until it is
restored at the Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
to the ON position.
minutes.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened while the warning
light and the beep sound are
activated.
The warning light
turns off and the beep
sound stops.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened before the ignition not illuminate and the
switch is turned to the ON beep sound will not be
The warning light will
position.
heard.
2-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Child Restraint Precautions
Mazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to use
them.
You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.
Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety
of children riding in your vehicle.
Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the age
and size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual
child-restraint system.
A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,
both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer to
the center of the vehicle in the outboard seats, and towards the buckle on the right if the
child is seated on the center seat.
Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,
and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).
A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air
bag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for other
child-restraint systems.
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
front passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system.
This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front
passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the total seated weight on the front passenger
seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the front
passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off, Mazda strongly recommends that children be
properly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear
seats which are the best place for children.
For more details, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-52)”.
2-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Proper Size of Child-Restraint System:
For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must be
properly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age and
size. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.
Follow the Manufacturer's Instructions and Always Keep the Child-Restraint System
Buckled Down:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure
the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or
fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH
child-restraint systems.
Holding a Child While the Vehicle is Moving:
Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. No
matter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a sudden
stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or other
occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag forces
that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may be slammed
into the adult, injuring the adult. Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint
system.
Rear-Facing Child-Restraint System:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous.
The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child. Even though you may feel
assured that the front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, NEVER use a rear-facing
child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy even in a
moderate collision.
2-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Seating Children in a Child-Restraint System on the Front Passenger Seat:
If your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors, a front passenger
air bag deactivation indicator light is also equipped (page 2-37). Even with the front
passenger seat weight sensors, if you must use the front passenger seat for children,
seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat under the
following conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deploying
and could result in serious injury or death to the child.
l
The total seated weight of the child with the child-restraint system on the front
passenger seat is approximately 30 kg (66 lb) or more.
Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint
l
system.
l
A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.
A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with the feet.
Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
The seat is washed.
Liquids are spilled on the seat.
The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items
l
l
l
l
l
placed behind it.
The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.
Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat.
Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front passenger
l
l
l
seat are attached to the front passenger seat.
The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for
children. Always use seat belts and child restraints.
Children and Seating Position with Side and Curtain Air Bags:
Allowing anyone to lean over or against the front door, the area of the front seat, front
and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from which the side and
curtain air bags deploy, even though using a child-restraint system, is dangerous. If
the vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bags, the impact of inflation could
cause serious injury or death to the child. Furthermore, leaning over or against the
front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of
supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additional side air bag that
comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better location for children. Do
not allow a child to lean over or against the doors, even if the child is seated in a
child-restraint system.
2-30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
One Belt, One Passenger:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt used
in this way can't spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be
crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for more
than one person at a time.
Operating the Remote Handle Levers While a Rear-Facing Child-Restraint System is
in the Rear Seat:
Operating the remote handle levers while a rear-facing child-restraint system is in the
rear seat is dangerous. It could cause injury to a child seated in the child-restraint
system when the seatback suddenly flips forward. Always remove the child-restraint
system from the rear seat before operating the remote handle levers for the rear seat.
CAUTION
A seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during
warm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or your child
touches them.
NOTE
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially
designed LATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seat. When using these anchors to
secure a child-restraint system, refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-39).
2-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
qRear Outboard Seat Child-
Restraint System Installation
Installing Child-Restraint
Systems
Follow these instructions when using a
child-restraint system, unless you are
attaching a LATCH-equipped child-
restraint system to the rear LATCH lower
anchors. Refer to “LATCH Child-
Restraint Systems” (page 2-39).
Accident statistics reveal that a child is
safer in the rear seat. The front passenger's
seat is clearly the worst choice for any
child under 12, and with rear-facing child-
restraint systems it is clearly unsafe due to
air bags.
NOTE
Some child-restraint systems now come
with tethers and therefore must be
installed on the seats that take tethers to
be effective. In your Mazda, tethered
child-restraint systems can only be
accommodated in the three positions on
the rear seat.
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully. If
you are not sure whether you have a
LATCH system or tether, check in the
child-restraint system manufacturer's
instructions and follow them
accordingly. Depending on the type of
child-restraint system, it may not
employ seat belts which are in
Some child-restraint systems also employ
specially designed LATCH attachments;
refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint
Systems” (page 2-39).
automatic locking mode.
1. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
WARNING
2. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
Tethered Child-Restraint Systems
Work Only on Tether-Equipped Rear
Seats:
Installation of a tether equipped child-
restraint system in the front
passenger's seat defeats the safety
design of the system and will result in
an increased chance of serious injury
if the child-restraint system goes
forward without benefit of being
tethered.
Place tether equipped child-restraint
systems where there are tether
anchors.
2-32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
3. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
NOTE
Inspect this function before each use of
the child-restraint system. You should
not be able to pull the shoulder belt out
of the retractor while the system is in
the automatic locking mode. When you
remove the child-restraint system, be
sure the belt fully retracts to return the
system to emergency locking mode
before occupants use the seat belts.
5. If your child-restraint system requires
the use of a tether strap, hook and
tighten the tether strap by following the
manufacturer's instructions.
4. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking
from the retractor will be heard during
retraction if the system is in the
automatic locking mode. If the belt
does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat this step.
Anchor bracket location (Sedan)
Tether strap position (Sedan)
Tether
strap
Anchor
bracket
2-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Anchor bracket location (5-Door/Sport
Wagon)
WARNING
Child-Restraint Tether Usage:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or tether
anchor and result in injury. Use the
tether and tether anchor only for a
child-restraint system.
Incorrect Attachment of the Tether
Strap:
Attaching the tether strap on top of the
head restraint is dangerous. In a
collision, the tether strap could slide
off the head restraint, and loosen the
child-restraint system. The child-
restraint system could move and injure
the child or someone else. Always
attach the tether strap between the
head restraint and the seatback.
Tether strap position (5-Door/Sport
Wagon)
Route between head restraint upright.
Tether strap
qRear Center Seat Child-Restraint
System Installation
1. Secure the child-restraint system with
the seat belt, according to the
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Secure the tether strap according to the
child-restraint system manufacturer's
instruction.
2-34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Tether strap position (Sedan)
WARNING
Child-Restraint Tether Usage:
Child-restraint system anchorages are
designed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly installed child-
restraint systems.Under no
Tether
strap
circumstances are they to be used for
adult seat belts, harnesses, or for
attaching other items or equipment to
the vehicle.
Anchor
bracket
Incorrect Attachment of the Tether
Strap:
Tether strap position (5-Door)
Attaching the tether strap on top of the
head restraint is dangerous. In a
collision, the tether strap could slide
off the head restraint, and loosen the
child-restraint system. The child-
restraint system could move and injure
the child or someone else. Always
attach the tether strap between the
head restraint and the seatback.
Anchor
bracket
Tether strap
Incorrect Attachment of the
TetherStrap for the Rear Center Seat
Position (5-Door):
Tether strap position (Sport Wagon)
Attaching the tether strap for the rear
center seat position to one of the other
tether anchor positions on the
outboard seatbacks is dangerous. In a
collision, the tether strap could slide
and loosen the child-restraint system.
If the child-restraint system moves it
could injure the child or someone else.
Always attach the tether strap for the
rear center seat position to the correct
tether anchor position as shown in the
illustrations above.
Anchor
bracket
Tether strap
2-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
qIf You Must Use the Front Seat
for Children
WARNING
If you cannot put all children in the rear
seat, at least put the smallest children in
the rear and be sure the largest child up
front uses the shoulder belt over the
shoulder.
Do not put rear-facing child-restraint
systems on the front passenger's seat.
This seat is also not set up for tethered
child-restraint systems, put them in one of
the rear seat positions set up with tether
anchors.
Front Passenger's Seat Position:
As your vehicle has front air bags and
doubly so if your vehicle has side air
bags, a front-facing child-restraint
system should be put on the front seat
only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back as
possible, because the force of a
deploying air bag could cause serious
injury or death to the child.
Likewise the LATCH child-restraint
system cannot be secured in the front
passenger's seat and should be used in the
rear seat.
Rear-Facing Child-Restraint System:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on
the front seat are particularly
dangerous.
Don't allow anyone to sleep against the
right front or rear doors if you have an
optional side and curtain air bag, it could
cause serious injuries to an out of position
occupant. As children more often sleep in
cars, it is better to put them in the rear
seat. If installing the child-restraint system
on the front seat is unavoidable, follow
these instructions when using a front-
facing child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat.
The child-restraint system can be hit
by a deploying air bag and moved
violently backward resulting in serious
injury or death to the child. NEVER
use a rear-facing child-restraint
system in the front seat with an air bag
that could deploy even in a moderate
collision.
NOTE
l
To check if your front seats have side
air bags:
Every Mazda side air bag will have a
“SRS AIRBAG”tag on the outboard
shoulder of the front seats.
l
To check if your vehicle has curtain
air bags:
Every Mazda curtain air bag will
have an “SRS AIRBAG” marking on
the front and rear window pillars
along the roof edge.
2-36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
WARNING
Children and Seating Position with
Side and Curtain Air Bags:
Allowing anyone to lean over or
against the front door, the area of the
front seat, front and rear window
pillars and the roof edge along both
sides from which the side and curtain
air bags deploy, even though using a
child-restraint system, is dangerous. If
the vehicle is equipped with side and
curtain air bags, the impact of
inflation could cause serious injury or
death to the child. Furthermore,
leaning over or against the front door
could block the side and curtain air
bags and eliminate the advantages of
supplemental protection. With the
front air bag and the additional side
air bag that comes out of the front
seat, the rear seat is always a better
location for children. Do not allow a
child to lean over or against the doors,
even if the child is seated in a child-
restraint system.
3. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
4. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking
from the retractor will be heard during
retraction if the system is in automatic
locking mode. If the belt does not lock
the seat down tight, repeat the previous
step and also this one.
NOTE
l
Inspect this function before each use
of the child-restraint system. You
should not be able to pull the
shoulder belt out of the retractor
while the system is in the automatic
locking mode. When you remove the
child-restraint system, be sure the
belt fully retracts to return the system
to emergency locking mode before
occupants use the seat belts.
qFront Passenger's Seat Child-
Restraint System Installation
1. Slide the seat as far back as possible.
l
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully.
Depending on the type of child-
restraint system, it may not employ
seat belts which are in automatic
locking mode.
2-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
5. Make sure the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light illuminates
after installing a child-restraint system
on the front passenger seat.
WARNING
Seating a Child in a Child-Restraint
System on the Front Passenger Seat
With the Front Passenger Air Bag
Deactivation Indicator Light Not
Illuminated:
Seating a child in a child-restraint
system installed on the front passenger
seat with the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light not
illuminated is dangerous. If this
indicator light does not illuminate
even when the total seated weight is
less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb),
this means that the front passenger
front and side air bags, and seat belt
pretensioner are ready for deployment.
If an accident were to deploy an air
bag, a child sitting in the front
passenger seat could be seriously
injured or killed. If the indicator light
does not illuminate after installing a
child-restraint system on the front
passenger seat, install the child-
restraint system on the rear seat and
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer
as soon as possible. While it is always
better to install any child-restraint
system on the rear seat, it is essential
to do so if the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light does not
illuminate (page 2-52).
2-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed
LATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seat. Both anchors must be used, otherwise the
seat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Some LATCH child-restraint systems
must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have a tether you
must use it to better assure your child's safety.
WARNING
Manufacturer's Instructions for Child-Restraint System:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure
the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions.
Attaching Two Child-Restraint Systems to the Same LATCH Lower Anchor:
Attaching two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous.
In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child-restraint system
attachments and may break, causing serious injury or death. If you use the seat
position for another child-restraint system when an outboard LATCH position is
occupied, use the center seat belts instead, and the tether if tether-equipped.
Unsecured Child-Restraint System:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Follow the
child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure the seat
just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in an
improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or fasten
it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child-
restraint systems.
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems:
Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installing
the child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the
child-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and
the child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system could move
in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or other
occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are no seat
belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always follow the
child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.
2-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Anchor bracket location (Sedan)
qLATCH Child-Restraint System
Installation Procedure (Rear
Outboard Seats)
1. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
2. Expand the area between the seat
bottom and the seatback slightly to
verify the locations of the LATCH
lower anchors.
Tether strap position (Sedan)
Tether strap
Anchor bracket
NOTE
The markings above the LATCH lower
anchors indicate the locations of
LATCH lower anchors for the
Anchor bracket location (5-Door/Sport
Wagon)
attachment of a child-restraint system.
3. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instruction.
4. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that probably
means it is very important to properly
secure the tether for child safety, please
carefully follow the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions
when installing tethers.
2-40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Tether strap position (5-Door/Sport
Wagon)
qLATCH Child-Restraint System
Installation Procedure (Rear
Center Seat)
Route between head restraint upright.
Tether strap
The LATCH lower anchors at the center
of the rear seat are much further apart than
the sets of LATCH lower anchors for
child-restraint system installation at other
seating positions. Child-restraint systems
with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be
installed on the center seating position.
Some LATCH equipped child-restraint
systems can be placed in the center
position and will reach the nearest
LATCH lower anchors which are 466 mm
(18.35 in) apart. LATCH compatible
child-restraint systems (with attachments
on belt webbing) can be used at this
seating position only if the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions state
that the child-restraint system can be
installed to LATCH lower anchors that are
466 mm (18.35 in) apart. Do not attach
two child-restraint systems to the same
LATCH lower anchor. If your child-
restraint system has a tether, it must also
be used for your child's optimum safety.
WARNING
Child-Restraint Tether Usage:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or tether
anchor and result in injury. Use the
tether and tether anchor only for a
child-restraint system.
1. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
2-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2. Expand the area between the seat
bottom and the seatback slightly to
verify the locations of the LATCH
lower anchors.
Anchor bracket location (Sedan)
Tether strap position (Sedan)
Tether strap
NOTE
The markings above the LATCH lower
anchors indicate the locations of
LATCH lower anchors for the
attachment of a child-restraint system.
3. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions.
Anchor bracket
Anchor bracket location and tether
strap position (5-Door)
4. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that probably
means it is very important to properly
secure the tether for child safety, please
carefully follow the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions
when installing tethers.
Anchor
Tether strap
bracket
2-42
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Anchor bracket location and tether
strap position (Sport Wagon)
Anchor
bracket
Tether strap
WARNING
Child-Restraint Tether Usage:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or tether
anchor and result in injury. Use the
tether and tether anchor only for a
child-restraint system.
2-43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions
The front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include up to 6 air bags (verify
“SRS AIRBAG” location indicator marks).
They are located in:
l
The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)
l
The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)
The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)í
l
The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)í
l
These systems operate independently depending on the type of accident encountered; if
you have side and curtain air bags, the side and curtain air bags are not likely to deploy on
both sides in the same accident because a vehicle is not often hit from both sides. The side
and curtain air bags and the frontal air bag system will not normally deploy during the
same type of accident unless a combination of frontal and side impacts occur.
The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection
only in the front seats in certain situations and the rear outside passenger positions only in
same-side collisions, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:
Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.
Seat belt usage is necessary to:
l
Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.
l
Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag
inflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.
l
Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal or side collisions that are not severe enough
to activate the air bags.
l
Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.
l
Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the
air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.
l
Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.
Children should be protected by a child-restraint system. Laws vary on the size a child
must be to use a child-restraint system (page 2-28).
Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the
installation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions.
2-44
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Air Bags without Seat Belts:
Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous. Alone,
air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can be expected to
inflate only in collisions with frontal, near frontal or side forces that are at least
moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts.
Child in the Front Seat:
Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could be
hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. A sleeping child is
more likely to lean against the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate, right-
side collision. Whenever possible, always secure a child 12 years and under on the
rear seat with an appropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.
Rear-Facing Child-Restraint System:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous.
The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child. Even though you may feel
assured that the front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, NEVER use a rear-facing
child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy even in a
moderate collision.
Seating Position with Front Air Bags:
Sitting too close to the air bag modules or placing hands or feet on them is extremely
dangerous. Front Air bags inflate with great force and speed. Serious injuries could
occur if someone is too close. The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the
steering wheel. The front seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat
occupants should adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright
against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
2-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Seating Position with Side and Curtain Air Bags:
Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them is extremely
dangerous. The side air bags inflate with great force and speed directly out of the
outboard side of the front seat and expand along the front door on the side the car is
hit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning
against a window, or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front seatbacks.
Furthermore, sleeping up against the door or hanging out the windows in the vehicle
could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of
supplemental protection. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by sitting in
the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly.
Front Air Bag Modules located in the steering wheel hub and the dashboard:
Attaching an object to the front air bag modules or placing something in front of them
is dangerous. In an accident, the object could interfere with front air bag inflation and
injure the occupants.
Always keep the front air bag modules free of objects.
Side Air Bag Modules:
Attaching things to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the
seat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side air
bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the added
protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is
dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open spewing exhaust.
Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front seats.
Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modules in your
front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.
Curtain Air Bag Modules:
Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the
windshield glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roof
edge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the
curtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the
roof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting
the air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open
spewing exhaust.
Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes,
hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules free to
deploy in the event of a side collision.
2-46
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Hot Air Bag Inflators:
Hot air bag inflators are dangerous. Immediately after inflation, the inflators in the
steering wheel, dashboard, seatbacks, or the front and rear window pillars and along
the roof edge are very hot. You could get burned. Don't touch the internal components
of the air bag modules after the bags have inflated.
Installation of Front-End Equipment:
Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar, bull
bar, push bar, etc.), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. The air bag crash sensor
system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflate unexpectedly, or it could
prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident. Front occupants could be
seriously injured. Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle.
Suspension Adjustment:
Adjusting the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or the
suspension is changed, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision
resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious
injuries.
Modification of the Supplemental Restraint System:
Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is
dangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Don't make any
modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,
badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extra
electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized Mazda
Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front
seats. It is important to protect the side and curtain air bag wiring and connections to
assure that the bags do not accidentally deploy and that the seats retain an
undamaged air bag connection.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the side and curtain air bag wiring, don't place luggage or other
objects under the front seats.
2-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
NOTE
l
When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be
released. Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may
cause light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction.
l
Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems
and that familiarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is
important.
2-48
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Supplemental Restraint System Components
The supplemental restraint systems (SRS) have two basic subsystems:
l
The air bag system with inflators and air bags.
l
The electrical system with crash sensors and diagnostic module.
The air bags are mounted in the following locations:
l
The steering wheel hub
l
The front passenger dashboard
The outboard sides of the front seatbacksí
l
The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sidesí
l
The air bags are out of sight until activated.
íSome models.
2-49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
qFront Air Bag System Components
(6)
(1)
(3)
(4)
(8)
(7)
(2)
(9)
(5)
(8)
(1) Front dual stage inflators and air bags
(2) Crash sensors and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
(3) Front air bag sensor
(4) Driver seat slide position sensor (page 2-52)
(5) Front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-52)
(6) Front seats
(7) Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-52)
(8) Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems (page 2-21)
(9) Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-52)
2-50
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
qSide and Curtain Air Bag System Componentsí
Put children in the rear seats, they do not have side air bag systems.
(4)
(1)
Sedan/5-Door
(1)
(3)
(2)
(4)
(1)
(1)
Sport Wagon
(3)
(2)
(1) Inflators and air bags
(2) Side crash sensor
(3) Crash sensors and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
(4) Front seats
íSome models.
2-51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
How the Air Bags Work
qHow the Front Air Bags Work
When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, an
electrical current is sent to the inflators.
Gases are produced to inflate the front air bags and after the inflation, the front air bags
quickly deflate.
The front air bags will function only once. After that, the front air bags will not work
again and must be replaced.
Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can replace the system components.
The front, dual stage air bags control air bag inflation in two energy stages. During an
impact of moderate severity the front air bags deploy with lesser energy, whereas during
more severe impacts, they deploy with more energy. Deployment of the front air bags may
differ between the driver and the front passenger depending on the driver seat position,
front passenger weight and front seat belt usage, which allow for further controlling of the
system.
The front air bags will deploy only
in a frontal or frontal offset impact.
Driver seat slide position sensor
Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide sensor as a part of the supplemental
restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensor determines whether
the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat position to the crash
sensors and diagnostic module (SAS unit). The sensor is also designed to control the
deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering
wheel.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a
possible malfunction (page 2-60).
2-52
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Front passenger seat weight sensors
If your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors, a front passenger air
bag deactivation indicator light is also equipped (page 2-37). These sensors are located
under both of the front passenger seat rails. These sensors determine the total seated weight
on the front passenger seat. The sensors are also designed to prevent the front passenger
front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from inflating if the total seated
weight is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt
pretensioner system when:
l
There is no passenger in the front passenger seat. (The front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light does not illuminate.)
l
The total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66
lb). (The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.)
This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner
system, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates
according to the chart below.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible
malfunction. If this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner system will not deploy.
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side air
bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.
If the front passenger weight sensors are normal, the indicator light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON position. After about 6 seconds it goes out.
2-53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:
Total seated weight on the Front passenger air bag Front passenger front and Seat belt pretensioner
front passenger seat
Empty (Not occupied)*
deactivation indicator light
side air bags
system
OFF
OFF
OFF
Less than approx. 30 kg
(66 lb)
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Approx. 42 kg (93 lb) or
more
OFF
* If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates,
however this does not indicate a malfunction.
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON position and does not illuminate as indicated in the
above chart, do not allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not work properly in an
accident.
WARNING
Decreasing the Total Seated Weight on the Front Passenger Seat:
When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat, decreasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of
approximately 42 kg (93 lb) required for air bag deployment is dangerous. The front
passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight condition and
the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not
deploy during an accident. The front passenger will not have the supplementary
protection of the air bag, which could result in serious injury. Decreasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of
approximately 42 kg (93 lb) could result in an air bag not deploying under the
following conditions, for example:
l
A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with the feet.
Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the front
l
passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat bottom.
The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entire
l
weight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door, grasping
the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof.
The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.
l
l
Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.
2-54
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Increasing the Total Seated Weight on the Front Passenger Seat:
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, increasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of
approximately 30 kg (66 lb) is dangerous. The front passenger seat weight sensors will
detect the increased total seated weight, which could result in the unexpected
deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner
system in an accident and serious injury. Increasing the total seated weight on the
front passenger seat from the total seated weight of approximately 30 kg (66 lb) could
result in the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system
deployment in an accident under the following conditions, for example:
l
Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint
system.
l
A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.
A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with the feet.
Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the assist grip, head
l
l
restraint.
The seat is washed.
l
l
Liquids are spilled on the seat.
The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items
l
placed behind it.
The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.
Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat.
Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front passenger
l
l
l
seat are attached to the front passenger seat.
CAUTION
l
To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the sensors
in the front seat bottoms:
l
Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on
them.
l
Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.
l
To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:
l
Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the
seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
If you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint system
l
properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page 2-37).
2-55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
NOTE
l
The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger
front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.
l
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if
luggage or other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the
vehicle's interior changes suddenly.
l
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds
if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat changes.
l
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after
installing a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat, install the child-restraint
system on the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Driver and front passenger buckle switches
The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are
securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags on the front seats.
qHow the Side and Curtain Air Bags Workí
When air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, an
electrical current is sent to the inflators.
Gases are produced to inflate the side and curtain air bags and after the inflation, the side
and curtain air bags quickly deflate.
The side and curtain air bags will function only once. After that, the side and curtain air
bags will not work again and must be replaced. Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can
replace the systems.
The curtain air bag will deploy only on the side
the vehicle receives the force of the impact.
The side air bag will deploy only on the side
the vehicle receives the force of the impact.
2-56
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the side and curtain air bag wiring, don't place luggage or other
objects under the front seats.
qAir Bag Activation/Deactivation
CAUTION
If the front passenger seat weight sensors detect a total seated weight on the front
passenger seat of less than approximately 42 kg (93 lb), the front passenger front and
side air bags and seat belt pretensioner may not inflate (page 2-52).
l
Front air bag activation
Landing hard or the vehicle falling.
A greater than moderate impact will cause
the front air bags to inflate in the
following cases:
l
Hitting a solid wall straight on at
greater than about 22 km/h (14 mph).
l
Frontal impact within about a 30
degree range from head-on to the
vehicle.
l
Hitting a curb, pavement edge or hard
object.
l
Driving into a big hole or hitting the far
side of a hole.
2-57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Limitations to front air bag activation
Non-activation of front air bags
Depending on the severity of impact, the
front air bags may not inflate in the
following cases:
Front air bags will not normally inflate in
the following cases:
l
Collision from the rear.
l
Impacts involving trees or poles cause
severe cosmetic damage but may not
have enough impact to activate the air
bag.
l
Impact to the side, but it may deploy
the side and curtain air bags.
l
Frontal offset impact to the vehicle
may not provide the stopping force
necessary for air bag deployment.
l
Vehicle roll-over, may deploy the side
and curtain air bags but not the front air
bags.
l
Rear-ending or running under a truck's
tail gate may not provide the stopping
force necessary for air bag deployment.
2-58
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Side and curtain air bag activationí
Vehicle roll-over may not provide
l
enough side force to deploy the side
and curtain air bags.
Greater than moderate impact to one side
of the vehicle (driver or passenger side
areas) will cause the side and curtain air
bags to inflate, but it will not normally
deploy the front air bags.
l
Side impacts with two-wheeled
vehicles may not provide enough force
to deploy the side and curtain air bags.
Limitations to side and curtain air bag
activationí
Depending on the severity of impact, the
side and curtain air bags may not inflate in
the following cases:
l
Frontal offset impact may not provide
enough side impact to deploy the side
and curtain air bags.
Non-activation of side and curtain air
bagí
The side and curtain air bags will not
normally inflate in the following cases:
l
Collision from the rear.
l
Side impacts involving trees or poles
can cause severe cosmetic damage but
may not have enough impact force to
activate the side and curtain air bags.
l
Collision from the front, but it may
deploy the front air bags.
íSome models.
2-59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
A system malfunction is indicated when
the warning light constantly flashes,
illuminates or doesn't illuminate at all
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position. If any of these occur, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible. The system may not work in an
accident.
qConstant Monitoring
The following components of the air bag
systems are monitored by a diagnostic
system:
l
SAS unit
l
Front air bag sensor
l
Air bag modules
Side crash sensorí
l
WARNING
l
Front seat belt pretensioners
Self-Servicing the Air Bag/
Pretensioner Systems:
l
Related wiring
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled. This
could cause serious injuries. Never
tamper with the systems and always
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
perform all servicing and repairs.
l
Driver seat slide position sensor
l
Front passenger seat weight sensors
l
Driver and front passenger seat belt
buckle switches
The diagnostic module continuously
monitors the system's readiness. This
begins when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position and continues while
the vehicle is being driven.
qMaintenance
The air bag systems do not require regular
maintenance. But if any of the following
occurs, take your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible:
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning
Light
l
The air bag system warning light
flashes.
l
The air bag system warning light
remains illuminated.
l
The air bag system warning light does
not illuminate when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position.
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is normal, the warning light
illuminates when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. After about 6 seconds
it goes out.
l
The air bags inflate.
2-60
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
l
Front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light does not illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position or does not illuminate
as indicated in the chart. For more
details about this indicator light and
this chart, refer to “Front passenger
seat weight sensors (page 2-52)”.
WARNING
Air Bag Disposal:
Improper disposal of an air bag or a
vehicle with live air bags in it can be
extremely dangerous. Unless all safety
procedures are followed, injury can
result. Ask an Authorized Mazda
Dealer how to safely dispose of an air
bag or how to scrap an air bag
equipped vehicle.
WARNING
Damaged Air Bag System
Components:
NOTE
Driving with damaged air bag system
components is dangerous. A collision,
even one not strong enough to inflate
the air bags, could damage the system
components. If there was a subsequent
collision, a damaged component
would not inflate the air bags. Always
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
inspect the air bag systems after a
collision.
If it becomes necessary to have the
components or wiring system for the
supplementary restraint system
modified to accommodate a person with
certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician,
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer,
refer to “Customer Assistance
(U.S.A.) ” (page 9-2).
Removing Interior Parts:
Removing any components such as the
front seats (if side air bags are
equipped), front dashboard, the
steering wheel or parts on the front
and rear window pillars and along the
roof edge, containing air bag parts or
sensors is dangerous. These parts
contain essential air bag components.
The air bag could accidentally activate
and cause serious injuries. Always
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
remove these parts.
2-61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-62
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
3
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
Doors and Locks ........................................................................... 3-2
Keys .......................................................................................... 3-2
Keyless Entry System ............................................................... 3-3
Door Locks ............................................................................... 3-7
Hatch (5-Door) ........................................................................ 3-10
Liftgate (Sport Wagon) ........................................................... 3-12
Trunk Lid (Sedan) ................................................................... 3-18
Inside Trunk Release Slide Lever (Sedan) .............................. 3-21
Power Windows ...................................................................... 3-22
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ........................................................... 3-24
Hood ....................................................................................... 3-26
Moonroofí ............................................................................. 3-27
Security System ........................................................................... 3-29
Immobilizer System ................................................................ 3-29
Theft-Deterrent Systemí ........................................................ 3-32
Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-34
Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-34
Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-34
íSome models.
3-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Here's what the keys are used for:
Keys
Lock Operates
Master key Valet key
Ignition switch and
steering column lock
Yes
Yes
WARNING
Driver's door
Glove box
Trunk lid
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Keys and Children:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed. They could play with power
windows or other controls, or even
make the vehicle move. Don't leave the
keys in your vehicle with children and
keep them in a place where your
children will not find or play with
them.
If you must leave your vehicle with
another person, such as a parking
attendant, protect items by locking the
glove box and trunk lid with the master
key. Keep that key and give the other
person only the valet key.
A code number is stamped on the plate
attached to the key set; detach this plate
and store it in a safe place (not in the
vehicle) for use if you need to make a
replacement key.
NOTE
Refer to Immobilizer System (page
3-29) for information regarding keys
and engine starting on vehicles
Also write down the code number and
keep it in another safe and handy place,
but not in the vehicle.
equipped with the immobilizer system.
If your key is lost, consult your
Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code
number ready.
Your Mazda has two kinds of keys.
Master key
(Black)
Valet key
(Gray)
Key code number plate
3-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qTransmitter
Keyless Entry System
Sedan
This system locks and unlocks the doors
and the hatch/liftgate, and opens the
trunk.
It can also help you signal for attention in
an emergency.
Lock button
Panic button
Unlock button
Press the button slowly and accurately.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the transmitter, do
not:
Trunk button
l
Drop it.
5-Door/Sport Wagon
l
Get it wet.
l
Disassemble it.
Lock button
l
Expose it to heat or sunlight.
NOTE
l
The keyless entry system is designed
to operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft)
from the center of the vehicle, but
this may vary due to local
conditions.
Unlock button
Panic button
l
The system doesn't operate when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
l
If the transmitter does not operate
when pressing a button or the
operation range becomes too small,
the battery may be dead. To install a
new battery, refer to Maintenance
(page 3-5).
l
Additional transmitters can be
obtained at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer. Up to 3 transmitters can be
used with the keyless entry system
per vehicle. Bring all transmitters to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer when
the electronic codes need to be reset.
3-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
NOTE
l
l
(U.S.A.)
All doors and the hatch/liftgate
This device complies with part 15 of
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1)
This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
cannot be locked when any door is
open and the key is in the ignition
switch.
l
Confirm that all the doors and the
hatch/liftgate are locked visually or
audibly by use of the double click.
Unlock button
l
(CANADA)
To unlock the driver's door, press the
unlock button and the hazard warning
lights will flash twice.
This device complies with RSS-210
of Industry CANADA. Operation is
subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
To unlock all the doors and the hatch/
liftgate, press the unlock button again
within 5 seconds and the hazard warning
lights will flash twice.
NOTE
NOTE
After unlocking with the transmitter, all
doors and the hatch/liftgate will
automatically lock if one of the doors or
the hatch/liftgate is not opened within
about 30 seconds.
If the lock and unlock buttons are
pressed sequentially, the hazard
warning lights may not flash correctly.
Lock button
Trunk button
To lock the doors and the hatch/liftgate,
press the lock button and the hazard
warning lights will flash once.
To open the trunk, press the trunk button.
NOTE
To confirm that all the doors and the
hatch/liftgate have been locked, press the
lock button again within 5 seconds. If
they are closed and locked, the horn will
sound and the hazard warning lights will
flash once.
The trunk button is disabled when the
glove box-mounted trunk lid release
lock-out button is in the OFF position.
Refer to Remote Trunk Lid Release
Lock-Out on page 3-20.
3-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Panic button
qTransmitter Maintenance
You can use the panic button to turn on
the alarm, which allows you to signal for
attention in an emergency.
CAUTION
l
Make sure the battery is installed
with the correct pole facing upward.
Battery leakage could occur if it is
not installed correctly.
NOTE
The alarm will work whether any door
is open or closed.
l
When replacing the battery, be
careful not to bend the electrical
terminals or get oil on them. Also be
careful not to get dirt in the
Turning on the alarm
Pressing the panic button once will trigger
the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30
seconds, and the following will occur:
transmitter as it could be damaged.
l
l
l
There is the danger of explosion if
the battery is not correctly replaced.
l
The horn sounds intermittently.
The hazard warning lights flash.
l
Replace only with the same type
battery (CR2025 or equivalent).
Turning off the alarm
Dispose of used batteries according
to the following instructions.
Press any button on the transmitter.
l
Insulate the plus and minus
terminals of the battery using
cellophane or equivalent tape.
Never disassemble.
l
l
Never throw the battery into fire
and/or water.
Never deform or crush.
l
3-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Replacing the transmitter battery
3. Install a new battery (CR2025 or
equivalent) into the front portion of the
1. Insert a small screwdriver into the slot
and gently pry open the transmitter.
holder with the positive pole (
)
facing up. Press on the B portion of the
battery to set the battery.
Slot
Back cover
B
Back cover
Front
cover
Front of
holder
2. Press the portion of the battery
indicated by A and remove the battery.
4. Align the front and back covers and
snap the transmitter shut.
qService
If you have a problem with the keyless
entry system, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bring
all remaining transmitters to an
A
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make
the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the equipment.
3-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qLocking, Unlocking with Key
Door Locks
The driver's door can be locked/unlocked
with the key.
Turn the key toward the front to unlock,
toward the back to lock.
WARNING
Unattended Children and Pets:
Leaving a child or an animal
unattended in a parked vehicle is
dangerous. In hot weather,
temperatures inside a vehicle can
become high enough to cause brain
damage or even death. Always take all
children and animals with you or
leave a responsible person with them.
Unlock
Lock
Keys and Children:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed. They could play with power
windows or other controls, or even
make the vehicle move. Don't leave the
keys in your vehicle with children and
keep them in a place where your
children will not find or play with
them.
qLocking, Unlocking with
Transmitter
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to keyless entry system
(page 3-3).
Unlocked Doors:
Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle
are dangerous. Passengers can fall out
if a door is accidentally opened and
can more easily be thrown out in an
accident. So keep all doors locked
when driving.
NOTE
Always remove the key from the
ignition switch, close all windows, and
lock all doors and the trunk lid/liftgate/
hatch when leaving your vehicle
unattended. This discourages intruders
and thieves.
3-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qLocking, Unlocking with Door-
Lock Knob
NOTE
l
Lockout prevention keeps you from
To lock any door from the inside, push the
door-lock knob.
To unlock, pull it out.
This does not operate the other door
locks.
locking the driver's door with the key
in the ignition switch at ACC or
LOCK.
If you try to lock the driver's door
when the key is in the ignition switch
and any door is open, the door lock
immediately unlocks.
Lock
l
When locking the doors this way, be
careful not to leave the key inside the
vehicle.
qPower Door Locks
Unlock
NOTE
All doors and the hatch/liftgate cannot
be locked when any door is open and
the key is in the ignition switch.
To lock any door with the door-lock knob
from the outside, push the door-lock knob
to the lock position and close the door.
This does not operate the other door
locks.
Locking, unlocking with key
All doors and the hatch/liftgate lock
automatically when the driver's door is
locked with the key. All doors and the
hatch/liftgate unlock when the driver's
door is unlocked and the key is held in the
unlock position a second longer.
Door-lock knob
Unlock
Lock
3-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qRear Door Child Safety Locks
NOTE
These locks are intended to help prevent
children from accidentally opening the
rear doors. Use them both whenever a
child rides in the vehicle.
Holding the key in the unlocked
position in the driver's door lock for
about a second unlocks all doors and
the hatch/liftgate. To unlock only the
driver's door, insert the key into the
driver's door lock and turn the key
briefly to the unlock position and then
immediately return it to the center
position.
If you slide the child safety lock to the
lock position before closing that door, the
door cannot be opened from the inside.
The door can be opened only by lifting
the outside handle.
Locking, unlocking with door-lock
switch
Lock
All doors and the hatch/liftgate lock
automatically when LOCK is pushed.
They all unlock when the unmarked part
of the door-lock switch is pushed.
Unlock
Unlock
Lock
3-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qOpening and Closing the Hatch
Hatch (5-Door)
To open the hatch, pull up on the handle.
WARNING
Open Hatch and Exhaust Gas:
Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle
is dangerous. This gas contains CO
(carbon monoxide), which is colorless,
odorless, and highly poisonous. If
inhaled, it can cause loss of
consciousness and death. Because
exhaust gas can get into the cabin
through an open hatch, keep the hatch
closed when driving.
qLocking, Unlocking with Key
The hatch can be locked/unlocked by
inserting the key into the driver's door key
slot, refer to Power Door Locks (page
3-8).
qLocking, Unlocking with
Transmitter
The hatch can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-3).
qLocking, Unlocking with Door-
Lock Switch
The hatch can be locked/unlocked by
operating the door-lock switch, refer to
Power Door Locks (page 3-8).
3-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qLuggage Strap
NOTE
The luggage compartment can be
accessed by opening the hatch when the
straps are attached to the sides of the
hatch.
If the vehicle battery is dead or there is
a malfunction in the electrical system
and the hatch cannot be unlocked,
perform the following manual
procedure as an emergency measure to
unlock it:
1. Remove the cap on the interior
surface of the hatch with a flathead
screwdriver.
Strap
qLuggage Compartment Cover
WARNING
Cap
Placing Cargo on the Cover:
2. Turn the lever to the right to unlock
the hatch.
Placing luggage or other cargo on top
of the luggage compartment cover is
dangerous. During sudden braking or
a collision, the cargo could become a
projectile that could hit and injure
someone. Don't place anything on top
of the cover.
Lever
After performing this emergency
measure, have the vehicle inspected at
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
To close, use both hands to push the hatch
down until the lock snaps shut. Do not
slam it. Pull up on the hatch to make sure
it is secure.
3-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
This cover can be removed for more
room. To do this, just unfasten the straps;
then lift and pull it out.
Liftgate (Sport Wagon)
WARNING
Open Liftgate and Exhaust Gas:
Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle
is dangerous. An open liftgate in a
moving vehicle will cause exhaust gas
to be drawn into the cabin. This gas
contains CO (carbon monoxide),
which is colorless, odorless, and
highly poisonous, and it can cause
loss of consciousness and death.
Moreover, an open liftgate could cause
occupants to fall out in an accident.
Do not drive with the liftgate open.
qLocking, Unlocking with Key
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
inserting the key into the driver's door key
slot, refer to Power Door Locks (page
3-8).
qLocking, Unlocking with
Transmitter
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-3).
qLocking, Unlocking with Door-
Lock Switch
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
operating the door-lock switch, refer to
Power Door Locks (page 3-8).
3-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qOpening and Closing the Liftgate
NOTE
Opening the liftgate
If the vehicle battery is dead or there is
a malfunction in the electrical system
and the liftgate cannot be unlocked,
perform the following manual
procedure as an emergency measure to
unlock it:
Pull up on the handle.
1. Remove the cap on the interior
surface of the liftgate with a flathead
screwdriver.
Cap
2. Turn the lever to the right to unlock
the liftgate.
Lever
After performing this emergency
measure, have the vehicle inspected at
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
Closing the liftgate
Use both hands to push the liftgate down
until the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.
Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it is
secure.
3-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
2. Set the right side of the retainer bar
onto the retainer loop on the right side
of the luggage compartment.
qLuggage Compartment Cover
Use the luggage compartment cover to
conceal cargo or luggage.
WARNING
Placing Cargo on the Cover:
Placing luggage or other cargo on top
of the luggage compartment cover is
dangerous. During sudden braking or
a collision, the cargo could become a
projectile that could hit and injure
someone. Don't place anything on top
of the cover.
Retainer
loop
3. Slowly pull out the cover towards you
and insert the cover ends into the hook
retainers at the rear of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Make sure the luggage compartment
cover is firmly secured. If it is not
firmly secured, it could unexpectedly
disengage resulting in injury.
Hook
retainer
Installing the cover
1. Set the left end of the retainer bar into
the notch on the left side of the luggage
compartment.
Removing the cover
1. Remove the cover ends from the hook
retainers and slowly roll up the cover.
Notch
Retainer bar
3-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qLuggage Compartment Net
NOTE
The luggage compartment net can be used
as a compartment separator or to keep
animals in the back.
To fully retract and protect the cover,
guide the cover all the way into the
retainer.
CAUTION
Make sure the net is firmly secured. If it
is not firmly secured, it could
unexpectedly disengage resulting in
injury.
Tab
NOTE
The width of the net anchors can be
shortened by pushing both sides
inward.
2. Press and hold the button on the right
side of the retainer bar and lift the bar.
Button
Net anchor
3. Remove the left end of the retainer bar
from the notch.
3-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Dividing the luggage compartment
from the rear seat
2. Slowly pull out the net in the upward
direction, insert the left and right net
anchors into the ceiling retainers, and
slide them to the position indicated in
the figure.
WARNING
Using the Luggage Compartment Net
to Secure Cargo:
Using the luggage compartment net to
secure objects in the luggage
compartment or the rear seat area is
dangerous. The luggage compartment
net is not designed to hold objects in
place that could fly forward in a
frontal collision. Unsecured objects
that are thrown around the inside of
the vehicle could cause injury to
occupants. This is particularly true for
objects stacked above the seatback
level. Never stack objects above the
seatback level. If the luggage
Net
Net
anchor
To remove the net:
1. Lift the net slightly and disengage the
anchors from the ceiling retainers.
compartment is divided from the rear
seat, pull the luggage compartment
cover over the cargo in the luggage
compartment.
2. Slowly lower and support the net as it
rolls up into the retainer bar.
CAUTION
To install the net:
When disengaging the net anchors, hold
the top of the net firmly in your hand. If
you lose control of the net, it will
1. Install the retainer bar in the luggage
compartment.
automatically roll up in an uncontrolled
manner and could cause injury.
3-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Dividing the luggage compartment
from the front seats
3. Insert the retainer bar anchors into the
left side of each rear seatback retainer
(back of the seatback).
Retainer bar
WARNING
Using the Luggage Compartment Net
to Secure Cargo:
Using the luggage compartment net to
secure objects in the luggage
compartment or the rear seat area is
dangerous. The luggage compartment
net is not designed to hold objects in
place that could fly forward in a
frontal collision. Unsecured objects
that are thrown around the inside of
the vehicle could cause injury to
occupants. This is particularly true for
objects stacked above the seatback
level. Never stack objects above the
seatback level. If the luggage
Rear seat
Retainer
4. Slide the retainer bar in the direction
indicated in the figure, and engage the
anchors into the seatback retainers.
Retainer bar
compartment is divided from the rear
seat, pull the luggage compartment
cover over the cargo in the luggage
compartment.
CAUTION
Moving the rear seatbacks with the
retainer bar mounted could scratch the
interior of the vehicle. The retainer bar
must be removed from the back of the
seatbacks before raising the seatbacks.
To install the net:
1. Fold down the rear seatback. (page
2-12)
2. Remove the retainer bar from the rear
seatback position.
3-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
5. Slowly pull out the net in the upward
direction, insert the left and right net
anchors into the ceiling retainers, and
slide them to the position indicated in
the figure.
Trunk Lid (Sedan)
WARNING
Open Trunk and Exhaust Gas:
Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle
is dangerous. This gas contains CO
(carbon monoxide), which is colorless,
odorless, and highly poisonous. If
inhaled, it can cause loss of
consciousness and death. Because
exhaust gas can get into the cabin
through an open trunk, keep the trunk
closed when driving.
Net
anchor
Net
To remove the net:
1. Lift the net slightly and disengage the
net anchors from the ceiling retainers.
2. Slowly lower and support the net as it
rolls up into the retainer bar.
3. Remove the retainer bar in the reverse
order of installation.
CAUTION
When disengaging the net anchors, hold
the top of the net firmly in your hand. If
you lose control of the net, it will
automatically roll up in an uncontrolled
manner and could cause injury.
3-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Opening the trunk lid with the key
qOpening and Closing the Trunk
Insert the master key into the slot and turn
it clockwise.
The valet key will not operate this lock
(page 3-2).
WARNING
Open Trunk Lid and Children:
Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving
children in the vehicle with the keys is
dangerous. Children could open the
trunk lid and climb inside resulting in
possible injury or death from heat
exposure. Close the trunk lid, lock the
rear seatbacks and do not allow
Open
children to play inside the vehicle.
Unattended Children and Pets:
Leaving children or animals
unattended in a parked vehicle is
dangerous. Babies left sleeping and
kids who lock themselves in cars or
trunks can die very quickly from heat
prostration. Don't leave your children
or pets alone in a car at any time.
Don't leave the car, the rear folding
seats or the trunk unlocked. Always
keep the car from being a tempting
place to play by locking rear seats,
doors and the trunk, and keeping the
keys where children won't play with
them.
Opening the trunk lid with the
transmitter
The trunk lid can be opened by operating
the keyless entry system transmitter, refer
to Keyless Entry System (page 3-3).
Opening the trunk lid with the remote
release button
Push the release button.
CAUTION
For vehicles equipped with a rear
spoiler, do not lift the trunk lid by the
spoiler. Lifting up the trunk lid by the
rear spoiler could cause damage to the
rear spoiler and the trunk lid.
3-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Closing the trunk lid
qTrunk Light
Use both hands to push the trunk lid down
until the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.
Pull up on the trunk lid to make sure it is
secure.
The trunk light is on when the lid is open
and off when it's closed.
qRemote Trunk Lid Release Lock-
Out
As an added security feature, the remote
release may be canceled to prevent
anyone from opening the trunk without
the master key.
With the switch in the OFF position, the
remote trunk lid release cannot be
operated.
NOTE
OFF position
ON position
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the trunk open
for a long period when the engine is not
running.
With the switch in the ON position, the
remote trunk lid release can be operated.
3-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Inside Trunk Release Slide
Lever (Sedan)
WARNING
Open Trunk Lid and Children:
Your vehicle is equipped with an inside
trunk release slide lever that provides a
means of escape for children and adults in
the event they become locked inside the
trunk.
Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving
children in the vehicle with the keys is
dangerous. Children could open the
trunk lid and climb inside resulting in
possible injury or death from heat
exposure. Close the trunk lid, lock the
rear seatbacks and do not allow
No matter how careful adults might be
with keys and locking their cars, parents
should be aware that children may be
tempted to play around vehicles and use
the trunk as a hiding place.
children to play inside the vehicle.
Unattended Children and Pets:
Leaving children or animals
unattended in a parked vehicle is
dangerous. Babies left sleeping and
kids who lock themselves in cars or
trunks can die very quickly from heat
prostration. Don't leave your children
or pets alone in a car at any time.
Don't leave the car, the rear folding
seats or the trunk unlocked. Always
keep the car from being a tempting
place to play by locking rear seats,
doors and the trunk, and keeping the
keys where children won't play with
them.
Adults are advised to familiarize
themselves with the operation and
location of the inside trunk release slide
lever so that all children can be told about
it in an appropriate way, keeping in mind
that most vehicles don't have such levers.
3-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qOpening the Trunk Lid from the
Inside
Power Windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for the power windows to
operate.
Slide the illuminated inside trunk release
slide lever in the direction of the arrow.
The lever is made of material that will
glow for hours in the darkness of the
trunk following a brief exposure to
ambient light.
WARNING
Closing Power Windows:
Closing power windows are
dangerous. A person's hands, head, or
even neck could be caught by the
window and result in serious injury or
even death.
The inside trunk release slide lever is
located on the inside of the trunk lid.
This warning applies especially to
children. Make sure the opening is
clear before closing a window.
Children and Power Windows:
Leaving the power window switches
unlocked while children are in the
vehicle is dangerous. Power window
switches that are not locked with the
power window lock switch would allow
children to operate power windows
unintentionally which could result in
serious injury if a child's hands, head
or neck becomes caught by the
window. Always lock all passenger
power windows with the power
window lock switch on the driver's
side while children are in the vehicle,
and never allow children to play with
power window switches.
CAUTION
To prevent burning out the fuse and
damaging the power window system,
don't open or close more than three
windows at once.
3-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qOperating the Driver's Side
Power Window
qOperating the Passenger Power
Windows
Manual opening/closing
The power windows may be operated
when the power window lock switch on
the driver's door is in the unlocked
position.
To open the window to the desired
position, lightly hold down the switch.
To close the window to the desired
position, lightly pull up the switch.
The passenger windows may be opened or
closed by the power window master
control switches on the driver's door.
Close
Left front window
Open
Left rear window
Right front window
Right rear window
Auto-opening
To fully open the window automatically,
press the switch completely down.
To open the window to the desired
position, hold down the switch.
To close the window to the desired
position, pull up the switch.
To stop the window partway, lightly pull
up the switch and then release it.
Engine-off power window operation
The power window can be operated about
40 seconds after the ignition switch is
turned from the ON position to the ACC,
LOCK position or key out of ignition with
all doors closed. If any front door is
opened, the power window will be
inoperable.
Close
Open
3-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Engine-off power window operation
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap
The power window can be operated about
40 seconds after the ignition switch is
turned from the ON position to the ACC,
LOCK position or key out of ignition with
all doors closed. If any front door is
opened, the power window will be
inoperable.
WARNING
Fuel Spray:
Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel can
burn skin and eyes and cause illness if
ingested. Fuel spray is released when
there is pressure in the fuel tank and
the fuel cap is removed too quickly.
When removing the fuel cap, loosen
the cap slightly and wait for any
hissing to stop. Then remove it.
qPower Window Lock Switch
With the lock switch in the unlocked
position, all power windows on each door
can be operated.
With the lock switch in the locked
position, only the driver's side power
window can be operated.
Fuel Vapor:
Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could be
ignited by sparks or flames causing
serious burns and injuries. Before
refueling, stop the engine, and always
keep sparks and flames away from the
filler neck. Additionally, use of the
incorrect fuel filler cap or not using a
fuel filler cap may result in fuel leak,
which could result in serious burns or
death in an accident.
Locked position
Unlocked position
CAUTION
Always use only a genuine Mazda fuel
cap or an approved equivalent,
WARNING
available at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer. The wrong cap can result in a
serious malfunction of the fuel and
emission control systems. It may also
cause the check engine light in the
instrument cluster to illuminate.
Unintentional Window Operation:
Unintentional window operation is
dangerous. A person's hands, head, or
neck could be caught by the window
and result in serious injury. Unless a
passenger needs to operate a window,
keep the power window lock switch in
the locked position.
3-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qFuel-Filler Lid
CAUTION
To open, pull up the remote fuel-filler lid
release.
Make sure the fuel-filler cap is
tightened securely. The check engine
light may illuminate on when the cap
isn't tightened securely. If the light
remains on (even after you have
tightened the cap securely, driven, and
restarted the engine several times), it
may indicate a different problem.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible.
Remote fuel-filler
lid release
qFuel-Filler Cap
To remove the filler cap, turn it
counterclockwise.
To close the filler cap, turn it clockwise
until it clicks.
Open
Close
3-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
2. Slide the hood latch to the right and lift
the hood.
Hood
WARNING
Closed and Securely Locked Hood:
A hood that is not closed and securely
locked is dangerous as it could fly
open while the vehicle is moving and
block the driver's vision which could
result in a serious accident. Always
check that the hood is closed and
securely locked.
3. Use the support rod to hold the hood
open.
qOpening the Hood
1. With the vehicle parked, pull the
release handle to unlock the hood.
Support rod
Clip
qClosing the Hood
1. Check under the hood area to make
certain all filler caps are in place and
all loose items (e.g. tools, oil
containers, etc.) have been removed.
2. Insert the support rod in its clip while
holding up the hood. Verify that the
support rod is secured in the clip before
closing the hood.
3. Close the hood so that it locks securely.
3-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Moonroofí
NOTE
After washing your Mazda or after a
rain, wipe the water off the moonroof
before operating it to avoid water
penetration which could cause rust and
water damage to your headliner.
The moonroof can be opened or closed
electrically only when the ignition switch
is in the ON position.
Slide switch
qTilt Operation
The rear of the moonroof can be tilted
open to provide more ventilation.
To tilt, push the rear of the tilt switch.
To close, push the front of the tilt switch.
Tilt switch
WARNING
Extending the Head or Arms Through
the Moonroof:
Extending the head, arms, or other
parts of the body through the
moonroof is dangerous. The head or
arms could hit something while the
vehicle is moving. This could cause
death or serious injury. Don't let
passengers stand up or extend
anything through the open moonroof
while the vehicle is moving.
Tilt up
Close
Closing the Moonroof:
A closing moonroof is dangerous. The
hands, head, or even neck of a person
―especially a child― could be caught
in it as it closes, causing serious injury
or even death. Make sure the opening
is clear before closing the moonroof.
íSome models.
3-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qSlide Operation
CAUTION
To open to any position, press the rear of
the slide switch.
The sunshade doesn't tilt. To avoid
damaging the sunshade, don't push up
on it.
To close, press the front of the slide
switch.
Open
Close
qSunshade
The sunshade can be opened and closed
by hand.
The sunshade opens automatically when
the moonroof is opened, but must be
closed by hand.
Sunshade
3-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Immobilizer System
CAUTION
The immobilizer system allows the engine
to start only with a key the system
recognizes.
When starting the engine do not allow
the following, as the engine may not
start due to the electronic signal from
the ignition key not being transmitted
correctly.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized key, the engine will
not start, thereby helping to prevent the
theft of your vehicle.
l
A key ring rests on the key grip.
CAUTION
l
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment.
l
Metal parts of other keys or metal
objects touch the key grip.
l
To avoid damage to the key, do not:
l
Drop the key.
Get the key wet.
Expose the key to any kind of
l
l
magnetic field.
Expose the key to high
l
temperatures on places such as the
dashboard or hood, under direct
sunlight.
l
Spare keys or keys for other vehicles
equipped with an immobilizer
system touch or come near the key
grip.
l
Devices for electronic purchases, or
security passage touch or come near
the key.
3-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Disarming
NOTE
The system is disarmed when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position with
the correct ignition key.
The security indicator light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and goes out.
l
(U.S.A.)
This device complies with part 15 of
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1)
This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
If the engine doesn't start with the correct
ignition key, and the security indicator
light keeps illuminating or flashing, the
system may have a malfunction. Consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
(CANADA)
This device complies with RSS-210
of Industry CANADA. Operation is
subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
qOperation
Arming
The system is armed when the ignition
switch is turned from the ON to the ACC
position.
The security indicator light in the
instrument panel flashes every 2 seconds
until the system is disarmed.
3-30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
qMaintenance
NOTE
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the key, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
If the security indicator light comes
on and stays on when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position,
the engine will not start.
NOTE
l
Signals from a TVor radio station, or
from a transceiver or a mobile
l
The keys carry a unique electronic
telephone, could interfere with your
immobilizer system. If you are using
the proper key and your engine fails
to start, check the security indicator
light. If it is flashing, remove the
ignition key and wait 2 seconds or
more, then reinsert it and try starting
the engine again. If it doesn't start
after 3 or more tries, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
code. For this reason, and to assure
your safety, obtaining replacement
key requires some waiting time.
They are only available through an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
Always keep a spare key, in case one
is lost. If a key is lost, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
l
If you lose a key, an Authorized
Mazda Dealer will reset the
l
If the security indicator light flashes
continuously while you are driving,
don't shut off the engine. Go to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer and have
it checked. If you shut off the engine
while the light is flashing you won't
be able to restart it.
electronic codes of your remaining
keys and immobilizer system. Bring
all the remaining keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset.
Starting the vehicle with a key that
has not been reset is not possible.
l
Since the electronic codes are reset
when repairing the immobilizer
system, the keys are needed. Bring
all the existing keys to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
qModification and Add-On
Equipment
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
system's operation if the system has been
modified or if any add-on equipment has
been installed to it.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do
not modify the system or install any
add-on equipment to it.
3-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
If the system is triggered again, the lights
and horn will activate until a door is
unlocked or the trunk lid is opened with
the key or with the transmitter.
Theft-Deterrent Systemí
The optional theft-deterrent system is
designed to prevent your vehicle or its
contents from being stolen when all the
doors, hood, and trunk lid/liftgate/hatch
are locked.
qHow to Arm the System
1. Remove the key from the ignition
switch.
If forcible entry is attempted, the system
sounds the horn and flashes the hazard
warning lights.
2. Close the hood. Then close and lock all
doors and the trunk lid/liftgate/hatch
from the outside using the key or press
the lock button on your keyless entry
system transmitter. The hazard warning
lights will flash once to indicate that
the system is armed.
NOTE
l
The theft-deterrent system operates
with the key or the keyless entry
system transmitter.
The following method will also arm the
theft-deterrent system:
l
The system will not function unless
it is properly armed. To properly
secure the vehicle, always make sure
all the windows are completely
closed and all doors and the trunk
lid/liftgate/hatch are locked before
leaving the vehicle. Remember to
take your key and transmitter.
Close the hood and the trunk lid/
liftgate/hatch . Press the area on the
door-lock switch marked “LOCK”
once. Close all doors.
NOTE
Locking the doors with the inside door-
lock knob will not arm the system.
qOperation
System triggering conditions
qTo Turn off an Armed System
The horn sounds intermittently and the
hazard warning lights flash for about 3
minutes when the system is triggered by
any one of the following:
An armed system can be turned off by any
one of the following methods:
l
Unlock a door with the key.
l
Forcing open a door, the hood or the
trunk lid/liftgate/hatch.
l
Press the unlock button on the keyless
entry system transmitter.
l
Opening a door, the hood or the trunk
l
Insert the key into the ignition switch
and turn it to the ON position.
lid by operating an inside door-lock
knob, the hood release handle or the
trunk lid release button.
The hazard warning lights will flash twice
to indicate that the system is turned off.
3-32
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Mazda recommends that you affix them to
the lower rear corner of the front door
windows.
NOTE
The trunk lid can be opened with the
key or the transmitter even when the
system is armed. The alarm will not
come on and the system will remain
armed.
qTo Stop an Alarm
A triggered alarm can be turned off by
any one of the following methods:
l
Unlock a door with the key.
l
Open the trunk lid with the key.
l
Press the unlock button or the trunk
button on the keyless entry system
transmitter.
NOTE
If you have any problem with the theft-
deterrent system, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
qTheft-Deterrent Labels
Labels indicating that your vehicle is
equipped with a Theft-Deterrent System
are in the glove box.
3-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
Steering Wheel
Mirrors
qOutside Mirrors
WARNING
Check the mirrors' angles before driving.
Adjusting the Steering Wheel:
Adjusting the steering wheel while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Moving it can very easily cause the
driver to abruptly turn to the left or
right. This can lead to loss of control
or an accident. Never adjust the
steering wheel while the vehicle is
moving.
WARNING
Convex Mirror (Passenger Side):
Changing lanes without taking into
account the actual distance of the
vehicle in the convex mirror is
dangerous. You could have a serious
accident. What you see in the convex
mirror is closer than it appears. Be
sure to look over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
qSteering Wheel Adjustment
To change the angle or length of the
steering wheel:
Power control mirror
1. Stop the vehicle, pull down the lock
release lever under the steering
column.
The ignition switch must be in the ACC
or ON position.
To adjust:
Lock release lever
1. Press the left or right side of the
selector switch to choose the left or
right side mirror.
2. Depress the mirror switch in the
appropriate direction.
Selector switch
Outside mirror
2. Tilt the steering wheel and/or adjust the
steering column length to the desired
positions, push the lever up to lock the
column.
Mirror switch
3. Push the wheel up and down to be
certain it's locked before driving.
3-34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
After adjusting the mirror, lock the control
by placing the selector switch in the
middle position.
Mirror defrosterí
Reducing glare from headlights
Manual day/night mirror
Push the day/night lever forward for day
driving. Pull it back to reduce glare of
headlights from cars at the rear.
To turn on the mirror defrosters, turn the
ignition switch to the ON position and
push the rear window defroster switch
(page 5-42).
Day/Night lever
qRearview Mirror
WARNING
Day
Night
Blocked View:
Cargo stacked higher than the
seatbacks is dangerous. It can block
your view in the rearview mirror,
which might cause you to hit another
car when changing lanes. Don't stack
things higher than the seatbacks.
Auto-dimming mirror
The auto-dimming mirror automatically
reduces glare of headlights from cars at
the rear when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
Rearview mirror adjustment
Press the OFF button ( ) to cancel the
automatic dimming function. The
indicator light will go off.
Before driving, adjust the rearview mirror
to center on the scene through the rear
window.
To reactivate the automatic dimming
function, press the ON button ( ). The
indicator light will illuminate.
NOTE
For the manual day/night mirror,
perform the adjustment with the day/
night lever in the day position.
OFF button
ON button
Indicator light
íSome models.
3-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
NOTE
l
Do not use glass cleaner or suspend
objects on or around the light sensor.
Otherwise, light sensor sensitivity
will be affected and may not operate
normally.
Light sensor
Light sensor
l
For information regarding the 3
buttons (
,
,
) on the auto-
dimming mirror, refer to HomeLink
Wireless Control System (page
5-44).
3-36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
4
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................ 4-2
Fuel Requirements .................................................................... 4-2
Emission Control System .......................................................... 4-3
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) ......................................... 4-5
Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-6
Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-6
After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-6
Driving Tips................................................................................... 4-7
Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-7
Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-7
Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-8
Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-8
Winter Driving .......................................................................... 4-9
Driving In Flooded Area ......................................................... 4-10
Overloading ............................................................................ 4-10
Towing .......................................................................................... 4-11
Trailer Towing ......................................................................... 4-11
4-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Fuel Requirements
Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,
which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.
Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.
Fuel
Octane Rating*(Anti-knock index)
Regular unleaded fuel
87 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (91 RON or above)
* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.
Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) could cause the emission control system
to lose effectiveness. It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.
CAUTION
l
USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter or the oxygen sensor. The lead will
accumulate on the oxygen sensor and the catalyst inside the converter. This will result
in a malfunction of the emission control system, causing poor performance.
l
Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10% ethanol by
volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this
recommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol of any
kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.
l
Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than those specified
by Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally
referred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with your
vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such as
ethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.
Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not
be covered by the Mazda warranty.
l
Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.
l
Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.
l
Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
4-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Emission Control System
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part of
this system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions
requirements.
WARNING
Parking Over Flammable Objects:
Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even with
the engine turned off, the exhaust system could ignite it because the exhaust system
gets very hot during normal use. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.
Never park over or near anything flammable.
CAUTION
Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst inside
the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition will damage the
converter and cause poor performance.
l
USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
l
Don't drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.
l
Don't coast with the ignition switch turned off.
l
Don't descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off.
l
Don't operate the engine at high idle for more than 5 minutes.
l
Don't tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must
be made by a qualified technician.
l
Don't try to push-start or pull-start your vehicle.
NOTE
Under U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control
system before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some
states, such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.
4-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
NOTE
After driving some distance and turning off the engine, the sound of a valve opening and
closing can be heard at the rear of the vehicle, however this does not indicate an
abnormality. Your vehicle has a self-checking device and it operates after turning off the
engine.
4-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)
WARNING
Carbon Monoxide:
Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which is
colorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousness
and death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully open
and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.
Exhaust Gas in Enclosed Area:
Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaust
gas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Loss of
consciousness or even death could occur. Don't run the engine when inside an
enclosed area.
Idling with the Windows Closed:
Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed and
the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, which contains
poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or even
death could occur. Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw
fresh air.
Snow Blocking the Exhaust Gas:
Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. The exhaust
pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin. Because
exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, anyone in the cabin could be
injured or killed. Clear the snow from underneath and around your vehicle,
particularly the tail pipe, before starting the engine.
4-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Before Starting the Engine
Before Getting In
After Getting In
l
l
l
l
Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,
and outside lights are clean.
Are all doors closed and locked?
Is the seat adjusted properly?
l
Inspect inflation pressures and
condition of tires.
Are the inside and outside mirrors
adjusted?
l
Look under the vehicle for any sign of
a leak.
l
l
l
Is everyone's seat belt fastened?
Check all gauges.
l
If you plan to back up, make sure
nothing is in your way.
Check all warning lights when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
NOTE
l
Release the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light goes off.
Engine oil, engine coolant, brake/clutch
fluid, washer fluid, and other fluid
levels should be inspected. See
Maintenance, Section 8.
Always be thoroughly familiar with your
Mazda.
4-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Break-In Period
Money-Saving Suggestions
No special break-in is necessary, but a few
precautions in the first 1,000 km (600
miles) may add to the performance,
economy, and life of your Mazda.
How you operate your Mazda determines
how far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Use
these suggestions to help save money on
fuel and repairs.
l
l
Don't race the engine.
Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engine
runs smoothly, begin driving.
l
Don't maintain one constant speed,
either slow or fast, for a long period of
time.
l
Avoid fast starts.
l
Keep the engine tuned. Follow the
l
Don't drive constantly at full-throttle or
high engine rpm for extended periods
of time.
maintenance schedule (page 8-3) and
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
perform inspections and servicing.
l
l
Avoid unnecessary hard stops.
Use the air conditioner only when
necessary.
l
Avoid full-throttle starts.
l
Slow down on rough roads.
l
Keep the tires properly inflated.
l
Don't carry unnecessary weight.
l
Don't rest your foot on the brake pedal
while driving.
l
Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
l
Keep windows closed at high speeds.
l
Slow down when driving in crosswinds
and headwinds.
WARNING
Coasting:
Stopping the engine when going down
a hill is dangerous. This causes the
loss of power steering and power
brake control, and may cause damage
to the drivetrain. Any loss of steering
or braking control could cause an
accident. Never stop the engine when
going down a hill.
4-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Hazardous Driving
Rocking the Vehicle
WARNING
WARNING
Downshifting on Slippery Surfaces:
Downshifting into lower gear while
driving on slippery surfaces is
dangerous. The sudden change in tire
speed could cause the tires to skid.
This could lead to loss of vehicle
control and an accident. If it is
necessary to downshift on slippery
surfaces, be very careful.
Spinning the Wheels:
When the vehicle is stuck, spinning
the wheels at high speed is dangerous.
The spinning tire could overheat and
explode. This could cause serious
injuries. Don't spin the wheels at more
than 56 km/h (35 mph), and don't
allow anyone to stand behind a wheel
when pushing the vehicle.
When driving in water, mud, sand, or
similar hazard:
CAUTION
l
Be cautious and allow extra distance
for braking.
Too much rocking may cause engine
overheating, transaxle failure, and tire
damage.
l
Avoid sudden braking and quick
steering.
If you must rock the vehicle to free it from
snow, sand or mud, depress the
accelerator slightly and slowly move the
shift lever from 1 (D) to R.
l
If your vehicle is not equipped with
ABS, brake with the pedal by using a
light up-down motion. Don't hold the
pedal down constantly.
If your vehicle is equipped with ABS,
don't pump the brakes. Continue to
press down on the brake pedal.
l
If you get stuck, select a lower gear and
accelerate slowly. Don't spin the front
wheels.
l
For more traction in starting on
slippery surfaces, use sand, rock salt,
chains, carpeting, or other nonslip
material under the front wheels.
4-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Winter Driving
CAUTION
l
Carry emergency gear, window
scraper, flares, a small shovel, jumper
cables, and a small bag of sand or salt.
Check local regulations before using
studded tires.
Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
perform the following precautions:
Use snow tires on all four wheels
Don't go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)
while driving with snow tires. Inflate
snow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)
more than recommended on the tire
pressure label (driver's door frame), but
never more than the maximum cold-tire
pressure shown on the tires.
Your vehicle is originally equipped with
all season radials designed to be used all
year around. In some extreme climates
you may find it necessary to replace them
with snow tires during the winter months
to further improve traction on snow and
ice covered roads.
l
Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in
the radiator.
l
Inspect the battery and its cables. Cold
reduces battery capacity.
l
Inspect the ignition system for damage
and loose connections.
l
Use washer fluid made with
antifreeze―but don't use engine
coolant antifreeze for washer fluid
(page 8-20).
l
Don't use the parking brake in freezing
weather as the parking brake may
freeze. Instead, shift to P with an
automatic transaxle and to 1 or R with
a manual transaxle. Block the rear
wheels.
qTire Chains
This vehicle cannot be operated with tire
chains because it could cause interference
with the vehicle body and scratching.
qSnow Tires
WARNING
Mixing Tire Types:
Using tires different in size or type is
dangerous. Your vehicle's handling
could be greatly affected and result in
an accident. Use only the same size
and type tires (snow, radial, or non-
radial) on all four wheels.
4-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Driving In Flooded Area
Overloading
WARNING
WARNING
Driving with Wet Brakes:
Vehicle Load Weight:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the
vehicle pulling to one side when
braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indicate
whether the brakes have been affected.
Dry the brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance returns to normal.
The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)
and the gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of your vehicle are on the
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label
on the driver's door frame. Exceeding
these ratings can cause an accident or
vehicle damage. You can estimate the
weight of your load by weighing the
items (or people) before putting them
in the vehicle. Be careful not to
overload your vehicle.
CAUTION
Make sure water does not enter the
vehicle interior or the engine area. The
vehicle interior could become wet or
the engine could be damaged.
4-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
Trailer Towing
Never tow a trailer with your Mazda.
4-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
5
Explanation of instruments and controls.
Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2
Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2
Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-3
Brake System ............................................................................ 5-4
Manual Transaxle Operation ..................................................... 5-8
Automatic Transaxle Controls ................................................ 5-10
Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-16
Cruise Control ......................................................................... 5-16
Traction Control System (TCS)í ........................................... 5-20
Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-23
Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-23
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-27
Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-27
Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-37
Switches and Controls ................................................................ 5-38
Lighting Control ..................................................................... 5-38
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ............................................... 5-39
Fog Lightsí ............................................................................ 5-40
Windshield Wipers and Washer .............................................. 5-40
Rear Window Wiper and Washerí ......................................... 5-42
Rear Window Defroster ........................................................... 5-42
Horn ........................................................................................ 5-43
Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................................... 5-44
HomeLink Wireless Control Systemí .................................... 5-44
íSome models.
5-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Automatic transaxle
Ignition Switch
To turn the key from the ACC to the
LOCK position, the shift lever must be in
the P position.
qIgnition Switch Positions
Shift lever
engaged in P
(park)
LOCK
The steering wheel locks to protect
against theft. Only in this position can the
key be removed.
WARNING
Removing the Key:
Manual transaxle
It's dangerous to remove the key from
the ignition switch while the vehicle is
moving. Removing the key allows the
steering wheel to lock. You will lose
steering control and a serious accident
could occur.
To turn the key from the ACC to the
LOCK position, push the key in at the
ACC position, then turn it to the LOCK
position.
Remove the key only when the vehicle
is parked.
Not Setting the Parking Brake:
Leaving the driver's seat without
setting the parking brake is
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur if the parking
brake is not set. This could cause an
accident. Before leaving the driver's
seat, always set the parking brake and
make sure the shift lever is in P with
an automatic transaxle or in 1 or R
with a manual transaxle.
Push the key
5-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
Starting the Engine
If turning the key is difficult, jiggle the
steering wheel from side to side.
NOTE
Engine-starting is controlled by the
spark ignition system.
ACC (Accessory)
This system meets all Canadian
Interference-Causing Equipment
Standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field strength of radio
noise.
The steering wheel unlocks and some
electrical accessories will operate.
ON
This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. The warning lights
(except brakes) should be inspected
before the engine is started (page 5-27).
1. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
2. Make sure the parking brake is on.
3. Depress the brake pedal.
NOTE
When the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position, the sound of the fuel
pump motor operating near the fuel
tank can be heard. This does not
indicate an abnormality.
4. (Manual transaxle)
Depress the clutch pedal all the way
and shift into neutral.
Keep the pedal depressed while
cranking the engine.
(Automatic transaxle)
START
Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).
The engine is started in this position. It
will crank until you release the key; then
it returns to the ON position. The brake
warning light can be checked after the
engine is started (page 5-27).
NOTE
(Manual transaxle)
The starter will not operate if the clutch
qIgnition Key Reminder
pedal is not pushed down all the way.
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or
ACC position, a beep sound will be heard
when the driver's door is opened.
(Automatic transaxle)
The starter will not operate if the shift
lever is not in P or N.
5. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position and hold (up to 10 seconds at
a time) until the engine starts.
5-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Brake System
CAUTION
qFoot Brake
Don't try the starter for more than 10
seconds at a time. If the engine stalls or
fails to start, wait 10 seconds before
trying again. Otherwise, you may
Your Mazda has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
use.
damage the starter and drain the battery.
Should power-assist fail, you can stop by
applying greater force than normal to the
brake pedal. But the distance required to
stop will be greater than usual.
6. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about 10 seconds.
NOTE
l
In extremely cold weather, below
WARNING
–18°C (0°F), or after the vehicle has
not been driven in several days, let
the engine warm up without
Coasting with the Engine Off:
Continuing to coast when the engine
is stalled or turned off is dangerous.
Braking will require more effort, and
the brake's power-assist could be
depleted if you pump the brake. This
will cause longer stopping distances or
even an accident. Don't continue
coasting when the engine is stalled or
turned off, find a safe place to stop.
operating the accelerator.
l
Whether the engine is cold or warm,
it should be started without use of
the accelerator.
Riding the Brakes:
Driving with your foot continuously
on the brake pedal or steadily applying
the brakes for long distances is
dangerous. This causes overheated
brakes, resulting in longer stopping
distances or even total brake failure.
This could cause loss of vehicle
control and a serious accident. Avoid
continuous application of the brakes.
Shift to a lower gear when going down
steep hills.
5-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Setting the parking brake
WARNING
Depress the brake pedal, then pull the
brake handle fully upward.
Driving with Wet Brakes:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the
vehicle pulling to one side when
braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indicate
whether the brakes have been affected.
Dry the brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal.
qParking Brake
Releasing the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal, then pull the
handle up and press the button. Lower the
handle all the way down while holding in
the button.
CAUTION
Driving with the parking brake on will
cause excessive wear of the brake
linings or pads.
NOTE
For parking in snow, refer to Winter
Driving (page 4-9) regarding parking
brake use.
5-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Even if the light goes off, have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible.
qBrake System Warning Light
Electronic brake force distribution
system warning
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may turn the brake system
warning light on.
This warning has the following functions:
In this case, the ABS warning light comes
on at the same time (page 5-31).
Parking brake warning
The light comes on when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switch
in the START or ON position. It goes off
when the parking brake is fully released.
WARNING
Brake Warning Light:
Low brake fluid level warning/
Electronic brake force distribution
system warning
Driving with the brake system warning
light on is dangerous. It indicates that
your brakes may not work at all or
that they could completely fail at any
time. If this light remains on, after
checking that the parking brake is
fully released, have the brakes
inspected immediately. Don't drive
with this light on, and contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible.
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
Low brake fluid level warning
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
push or that it may go closer to the floor.
In either case, it will take longer to stop
the vehicle.
ABS Warning Light and Brake
Warning Light on at the Same Time:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are on at the same time is dangerous.
When both lights are on, the rear
wheels could lock more quickly in an
emergency stop than under normal
circumstances.
1. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (page 8-16).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
Don't drive with both lights on, and
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the brakes inspected as soon
as possible.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)í
qABS Warning Lightí
The ABS control unit continuously
monitors the speed of each wheel. If one
is about to lock up, the ABS responds by
automatically releasing and reapplying
that wheel's brake.
The driver will feel a slight vibration in
the brake pedal and may hear a chattering
noise from the brake system. This is
normal when the ABS operates. Don't
pump the brakes, continue to press down
on the brake pedal.
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
WARNING
ABS:
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
The ABS cannot compensate for
unsafe and reckless driving, excessive
speed, tailgating (following another
vehicle too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road contact
because of water on the road surface).
You can still have an accident. So
don't rely on ABS as a substitute for
safe driving.
WARNING
ABS Warning Light and Brake
Warning Light on at the Same Time:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are on at the same time is dangerous.
When both lights are on, the rear
wheels could lock more quickly in an
emergency stop than under normal
circumstances.
Don't drive with both lights on, and
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the brakes inspected as soon
as possible.
NOTE
Braking distances may be longer on
loose surfaces (snow or gravel, for
example) which usually have a hard
foundation. A vehicle with a normal
braking system may require less
distance to stop under these conditions
because the tires will build up a wedge
of surface layer when the wheels skid.
íSome models.
5-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
Manual Transaxle
Operation
When the engine is jump-started to
charge the battery, uneven rpm occurs
and the ABS warning light comes on.
This is due to a weak battery, not a
malfunction.
qManual Transaxle Shift Pattern
Recharge the battery.
qBrake Pad Wear Indicator
Neutral position
When the disc brake pads become worn,
the built-in wear indicators contact the
disc plates. This causes a screeching noise
to warn that the pads should be replaced.
The shift pattern of the transaxle is
conventional, as shown.
Press the clutch pedal all the way down
while shifting; then release it slowly.
A safety feature prevents accidental
shifting from 5 to R (reverse). The shift
lever must be put in neutral before being
shifted to R.
When you hear this noise, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Sudden Engine-Braking:
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or while
driving at high speeds causes sudden
engine braking, which is dangerous.
The sudden change in tire speed could
cause the tires to skid. This could lead
to loss of vehicle control and an
accident. Do not use sudden engine
braking on slippery road surfaces or at
high speeds.
WARNING
Driving with Worn Disc Pads:
Driving with worn disc pads is
dangerous. The brakes could fail and
cause a serious accident. As soon as
you hear a screeching noise consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
3.0-liter engine
CAUTION
For normal acceleration, we recommend
these shift points.
l
Keep your foot off the clutch pedal
except when shifting gears. Also,
don't use the clutch to hold the
vehicle on an upgrade. Riding the
clutch will cause needless clutch
wear and damage.
Gear
Vehicle speed
27 km/h (17 mph)
1 to 2
2 to 3
3 to 4
4 to 5
48 km/h (30 mph)
56 km/h (35 mph)
63 km/h (39 mph)
l
Make sure the vehicle comes to a
complete stop before shifting to R.
Shifting to R while the vehicle is still
moving may damage the transaxle.
For cruising
Gear
1 to 2
Vehicle speed
13 km/h (8 mph)
34 km/h (21 mph)
52 km/h (32 mph)
66 km/h (41 mph)
2 to 3
3 to 4
NOTE
4 to 5
If shifting to R is difficult, shift back
into neutral, release the clutch pedal,
and try again.
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift
before the engine starts to overwork. This
reduces the chance of stalling and gives
better acceleration when you need more
speed.
qRecommendations for Shifting
Upshifting
On a steep downgrade, downshifting
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life.
2.3-liter engine
For normal acceleration, we recommend
these shift points.
Gear
Vehicle speed
26 km/h (16 mph)
1 to 2
2 to 3
3 to 4
4 to 5
45 km/h (28 mph)
53 km/h (33 mph)
63 km/h (39 mph)
For cruising
Gear
1 to 2
Vehicle speed
13 km/h (8 mph)
32 km/h (20 mph)
50 km/h (31 mph)
68 km/h (42 mph)
2 to 3
3 to 4
4 to 5
5-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Automatic Transaxle Controls
Various Lockouts:
Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition
switch must be in the ACC or ON position).
Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.
qTransaxle Ranges
CAUTION
The shift lever must be in P or N to
operate the starter.
l
l
Shifting into P, N or R while the
vehicle is moving can damage your
transaxle.
P (Park)
P locks the transaxle and prevents the
front wheels from rotating.
Shifting into a driving gear or
reverse when the engine is running
faster than idle can damage the
transaxle.
WARNING
R (Reverse)
Holding the Vehicle with P:
Only setting the shift lever to the P
position without using the parking
brake to hold the vehicle is dangerous.
If P fails to hold, the vehicle could
move and cause an accident. To hold
the vehicle, set the shift lever to P AND
set the parking brake.
In position R, the vehicle moves only
backward. You must be at a complete stop
before shifting to or from R, except under
rare circumstances as explained in
Rocking the Vehicle (page 4-8).
5-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
N (Neutral)
M (Manual)
In N, the wheels and transaxle are not
locked. The vehicle will roll freely even
on the slightest incline unless the parking
brake or brakes are on.
M is the manual shift mode position.
Gears can be shifted up or down by
operating the shift lever.
Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-12).
qShift-Lock System
WARNING
The shift-lock system prevents shifting
out of P unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
Shifting from N or P:
It's dangerous to shift from N or P
into a driving gear when the engine is
running faster than idle. If this is
done, the vehicle could move suddenly,
causing an accident or serious injury.
If the engine is running faster than
idle, don't shift from N or P into a
driving gear.
To shift from P:
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Move the shift lever.
NOTE
Shifting into N while Driving:
Shifting into N while driving is
dangerous. Engine braking cannot be
applied when decelerating which
could lead to an accident or serious
injury. Do not shift into N when
driving the vehicle.
l
When the ignition switch is in the
LOCK position, the shift lever
cannot be shifted from P.
l
To be sure the vehicle is in park, the
ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in P.
CAUTION
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle. Doing so can cause transaxle
damage.
D (Drive)
D is the normal driving position. From a
stop, the transaxle will automatically shift
through a 4-gear/6-gear* sequence.
* 3.0-liter engine model
5-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Gear position indicator
qManual Shift Mode
The numeral for the selected gear
illuminates.
This mode gives you the feel of driving a
manual transaxle vehicle by operating the
shift lever and allows you to control
engine rpm and torque to the front wheels
much like a manual transaxle when more
control is desired.
Shift position
indicator
To change to manual shift mode, shift the
lever from D to M.
Gear position
indicator
NOTE
If the gears cannot be shifted down
when driving at higher speeds, the gear
position indicator will flash twice to
signal that the gears cannot be shifted
down.
To return to automatic shift mode, shift
the lever from M to D.
Shifting
Manually Shifting up
NOTE
(M1→M2→M3→M4→M5*→M6*)
To shift up to a higher gear, tap the shift
lever back ( ) once.
l
If you change to manual shift mode
when the vehicle is stopped, the gear
will shift to M1.
* 3.0-liter engine model
l
If you shift up once when the vehicle
is stopped and the gear is at M1, the
gear will shift to M2. M2 is helpful
for starting on slippery surfaces.
Indicators
Shift position indicator
In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift
position indicator in the instrument panel
illuminates.
5-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
WARNING
l
When driving slowly, the gears may
Sudden Engine-Braking:
not shift up depending on vehicle
speed.
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or while
driving at high speeds causes sudden
engine braking, which is dangerous.
The sudden change in tire speed could
cause the tires to skid. This could lead
to loss of vehicle control and an
accident. Do not use sudden engine
braking on slippery road surfaces or at
high speeds.
l
In manual shift mode, gears do not
shift up automatically. Don't run the
engine with the tachometer needle in
the RED ZONE. If the tachometer
needle enters the RED ZONE, you
may feel engine-braking because the
fuel delivery will be stopped to
protect the engine. However, this
does not indicate an abnormality.
l
l
Gears may not be shifted from M1 to
M2 right after shifting the lever from
D to M. Wait a few seconds and then
shift up to M2.
NOTE
l
When driving at high speeds, the
gear may not shift down depending
on vehicle speed.
When depressing the accelerator
fully, the transaxle will shift to a
lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed.
l
During deceleration, the gear may
automatically shift down depending
on vehicle speed.
l
When depressing the accelerator
Manually Shifting down
fully, the transaxle will shift to a
lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed.
(M6*→M5*→M4→M3→M2→M1)
To shift down to a lower gear, tap the shift
lever forward ( ) once.
* 3.0-liter engine model
Shifting specification (2.3-liter engine
model)
Shifting up
If the vehicle speed is lower than the speed specified
for each gear, the gear cannot be shifted up to a
higher gear.
Gear
M1→M2
Vehicle speed
You can shift up to M2 whether
the vehicle is stopped or moving.
M2→M3
20 km/h (12 mph)
35 km/h (22 mph)
M3→M4
5-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Shifting down
Shifting down
If the vehicle speed is higher than the speed specified
for each gear, the gear cannot be shifted down to a
lower gear.
If the vehicle speed is higher than the speed specified
for each gear, the gear cannot be shifted down to a
lower gear.
Gear
M4→M3
Vehicle speed
147 km/h (91 mph)
Gear
M5→M4
Vehicle speed
175 km/h (109 mph)
130 km/h (81 mph)
83 km/h (52 mph)
M3→M2
104 km/h (64 mph)
44 km/h (27 mph)
M4→M3
M3→M2
M2→M1
M2→M1
43 km/h (27 mph)
During deceleration, the gears shift down
automatically when speed is reduced to the
following:
During deceleration, the gears shift down
automatically when speed is reduced to the
following:
Gear
M4→M3
Vehicle speed
31 km/h (19 mph)
Gear
Vehicle speed
M3 or M2→M1 12 km/h (7 mph)
Between 50 and 212 km/h
(31 and 131 mph), depending on
how much the accelerator pedal
is released.
M6→M5
NOTE
Between 38 and 161 km/h
(23 and 100 mph), depending on
how much the accelerator pedal
is released.
If the vehicle is driven at a low speed
from a standing start while in M2, the
gear may not shift down to M1
automatically.
M5→M4
Between 23 and 70 km/h
(14 and 44 mph), depending on
how much the accelerator pedal
is released.
M4→M3
If the vehicle is kicked down at the following speeds
or lower, the gears shift down automatically:
Between 10 and 46 km/h
(6 and 28 mph), depending on
how much the accelerator pedal
is released.
Gear
M4→M3
M3→M2
Vehicle speed
140 km/h (86 mph)
56 km/h (34 mph)
M3→M2
M2→M1
NOTE
10 km/h (6 mph)
Shifting specification (3.0-liter engine
model)
Shifting up
If the vehicle is driven at a low speed
from a standing start while in M2, the
gear may not shift down to M1
automatically.
If the vehicle speed is lower than the speed specified
for each gear, the gear cannot be shifted up to a
higher gear.
Gear
M1→M2
Vehicle speed
You can shift up to M2 whether
the vehicle is stopped or moving.
M2→M3
M3→M4
M4→M5
M5→M6
10 km/h (6 mph)
23 km/h (14 mph)
39 km/h (24 mph)
49 km/h (30 mph)
5-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
If the vehicle is kicked down at the following speeds
or lower, the gears shift down automatically:
qDriving Tips
Passing
Gear
M6→M5
Vehicle speed
212 km/h (131 mph)
161 km/h (100 mph)
161 km/h (100 mph)
70 km/h (44 mph)
70 km/h (44 mph)
46 km/h (28 mph)
46 km/h (28 mph)
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress
the accelerator fully. The transaxle will
shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed.
M6→M4
M5→M4
M5→M3
M4→M3
M4→M2
M3→M2
Climbing steep grades from a stop
To climb a steep grade from a stopped
position:
Recommendations for shifting
Upshifting
1. Depress the brake pedal.
For normal acceleration and cruising, we recommend
these shift points.
(2.3-liter engine)
2. Shift to D or M1, depending on the
load weight and grade steepness.
Gear
M1 to M2
Vehicle speed
24 km/h (15 mph)
3. Release all brakes while gradually
accelerating.
M2 to M3
M3 to M4
40 km/h (25 mph)
65 km/h (40 mph)
Descending steep grades
When descending a steep grade, shift to
lower gears, depending on load weight
and grade steepness. Descend slowly,
using the brakes only occasionally to
prevent them from overheating.
(3.0-liter engine)
Gear
M1 to M2
M2 to M3
M3 to M4
M4 to M5
M5 to M6
Vehicle speed
24 km/h (15 mph)
40 km/h (25 mph)
65 km/h (40 mph)
73 km/h (45 mph)
80 km/h (50 mph)
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift
before the engine starts to overwork. This
gives better acceleration when you need
more speed.
On a steep downgrade, downshifting
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life.
5-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Power Steering
Cruise Control
Power steering is only operable when the
engine is running. If the engine is off or if
the power steering system is inoperable,
you can still steer, but it requires more
physical effort.
With cruise control, you can set and
automatically maintain any speed of more
than about 30 km/h (19 mph).
WARNING
If the steering feels rigid during normal
driving, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Cruise Control Use:
Using cruise control in the following
conditions could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle:
Hilly terrain
Steep inclines
Heavy or unsteady traffic
Slippery or winding roads
Similar restrictions that require
CAUTION
l
l
Never hold the steering wheel to the
extreme left or right for more than 5
seconds with the engine running.
This could damage the power steering
system.
l
l
l
inconsistent speed
Don't use cruise control in these
situations.
qCruise Main Indicator Light
This light comes on when the ON/OFF
switch is pressed and the cruise control
system is activated.
5-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qCruise Set Indicator Light
WARNING
Cruise Main Switch:
Leaving the ON/OFF switch on when
not using the cruise control is
dangerous as it may be switched on
accidentally. This could result in loss
of vehicle control. Keep the ON/OFF
switch off when cruise control is not in
use.
This light comes on when a cruising speed
is set.
qActivation/Deactivation
qTo Set Speed
To activate the system, press the ON/OFF
switch.
1. Activate the cruise control system.
The cruise main indicator light
illuminates.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which
must be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).
To deactivate the system, press the switch
again.
The cruise main indicator light turns off.
3. Press the SET/COAST button and
release it at the speed you want.
Release the accelerator at the same
time.
Don't continue to hold in the button. Until
you release it, speed will continue to drop
(unless you continue to accelerate) and
you'll miss the desired speed.
5-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Your vehicle has a tap-up feature that
allows you to increase your current speed
in increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the RES/ACCEL
button. Multiple taps will increase your
vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each
tap.
NOTE
l
The SET function can't be activated
until about 2 seconds after the ON/
OFF switch has been engaged.
l
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
momentarily slow down going up or
speed up while going down.
l
Accelerate to the desired speed.
Press the SET/COAST button and
release it immediately.
qTo Increase Cruising Speed
Follow either of these procedures.
l
Press the RES/ACCEL button and hold
it. Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the button at the speed you
want.
NOTE
Accelerate if you want to speed up
temporarily when the cruise control is
on. Greater speed will not interfere with
it or change the set speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator to
return to the set speed.
5-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTo Decrease Cruising Speed
qTo Resume Cruising Speed at
More Than 30 km/h (19 mph)
Press the SET/COAST button and hold it.
The vehicle will gradually slow.
Release the button at the speed you want.
If some other method besides the ON/
OFF switch was used to cancel cruising
speed and the system is still activated, the
most recent set speed will automatically
resume when the RES/ACCEL button is
pressed.
If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19
mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30
km/h (19 mph) and press the RES/
ACCEL button.
Your vehicle has a tap-down feature that
allows you to decrease your current speed
in decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the SET/COAST
button. Multiple taps will decrease your
vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each
tap.
qTo Cancel
To turn off the system, use one of these
methods:
l
Press the ON/OFF switch.
l
Slightly depress the brake pedal.
l
Depress the clutch pedal. (Manual
transaxle only)
5-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
l
Press the CANCEL button.
Traction Control System
(TCS)í
The Traction Control System (TCS)
enhances traction and safety by
controlling engine torque. When the TCS
detects driving wheel slippage, it lowers
engine torque to prevent loss of traction.
This means that on a slick surface, the
engine adjusts automatically to provide
optimum power to the drive wheels
without causing them to spin and lose
traction.
The system is off when the ignition is off.
NOTE
WARNING
Cruise control will cancel at about 15
km/h (9 mph) below the preset speed or
below 30 km/h (19 mph).
TCS and Unsafe Driving:
The traction control system (TCS)
cannot compensate for unsafe and
reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle
too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road contact
because of water on the road surface).
You can still have an accident. So
don't rely on the traction control
system as a substitute for safe driving.
TCS and Snow and Ice:
Driving without proper traction
devices on snow and/or ice-covered
roads is dangerous. The traction
control system (TCS) alone cannot
provide adequate traction and you
could still have an accident. Use snow
tires and drive at reduced speeds when
roads are covered with ice and/or
snow.
5-20
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
If the light stays on when the TCS is not
switched off, take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The TCS may
have a malfunction.
qTCS Indicator Light
NOTE
After starting the engine when the
coolant temperature is extremely low,
the TCS is automatically turned off. At
this time, the TCS OFF indicator light
will remain on, but this does not
indicate an abnormality. After the
engine has warmed, TCS will resume
normal operation and the indicator light
will go out.
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS is
operating, the indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS may have a
malfunction and it may not operate
correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qTCS OFF Switch
NOTE
Press the TCS OFF switch to turn off the
TCS. The TCS OFF indicator light will
illuminate.
l
In addition to the indicator light
flashing, a slight lugging sound will
come from the engine. This indicates
that the TCS is operating properly.
l
On slippery surfaces, such as fresh
snow, it will be impossible to
achieve high rpm when the TCS is
on.
qTCS OFF Indicator Light
Press the switch again to turn the TCS
back on. The TCS OFF indicator light
will go out.
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
It also comes on when the TCS OFF
switch is pressed and TCS is switched off.
5-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
l
When TCS is on and you attempt to
free the vehicle when it is stuck, or
drive it out of freshly fallen snow,
the TCS will activate. Depressing the
accelerator will not increase engine
power and freeing the vehicle may
be difficult. When this happens, turn
off the TCS.
l
If the TCS is off when the engine is
turned off, it automatically activates
when the ignition switch is turned
on.
l
Leaving the TCS on will provide the
best traction.
5-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Meters and Gauges
(Black-out meter)
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the dashboard gauges illuminate.
Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-24
Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector .................................................. page 5-24
Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-25
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge .................................................................. page 5-25
Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-26
5-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
qSpeedometer
NOTE
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle.
(Standard meter)
The odometer and trip meter can be
displayed as follows even when the
ignition switch is in the ACC or LOCK
position.
qOdometer, Trip Meter and Trip
Meter Selector
The headlight switch must be in the
The display mode can be changed
between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the selector while one of them is
displayed. The selected mode will be
displayed.
or
position to see the display.
l
Displays for 10 minutes after the
ignition switch is turned to the ACC
or LOCK position from the ON
position.
Odometer
l
Displays for 10 minutes after any
door is opened.
Odometer
Selector
Trip meter
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter
The trip meter can record the total
distance of two trips. One is recorded in
trip meter A, and the other is recorded in
trip meter B.
Odometer
For instance, trip meter A can record the
distance from the point of origin, and trip
meter B can record the distance from
where the fuel tank is filled.
Trip meter A
Press the selector
Odometer
When trip meter A is selected, pressing
the selector again within one second will
change to trip meter B mode.
Trip meter B
Press the selector
When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A
will be displayed. When trip meter B is
selected, TRIP B will be displayed.
5-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
The trip meter records the total distance
the vehicle is driven until the meter is
again reset. Return it to “0.0” by holding
the selector depressed for more than 1
second. Use this meter to measure trip
distances and to compute fuel
qEngine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
The engine coolant temperature gauge
shows the temperature of the engine
coolant.
consumption.
NOTE
l
Only the trip meters record tenths of
kilometers (miles).
l
The trip record will be erased when:
l
The power supply is interrupted
(blown fuse or the battery is
disconnected).
The vehicle is driven over 999.9
l
km (mile).
If the needle exceeds normal range toward
H, it indicates overheating.
qTachometer
CAUTION
The tachometer shows engine speed in
thousands of revolutions per minute
(rpm).
Driving with an overheated engine can
cause serious engine damage (page
7-14).
Red zone
CAUTION
Don't run the engine with the
tachometer needle in the RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine damage.
5-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
qFuel Gauge
Bright
Dim
The fuel gauge shows approximately how
much fuel is in the tank. We recommend
keeping the tank over 1/4 full. When the
low fuel warning light illuminates or
when the needle is near E, refuel as soon
as possible.
Canceling the illumination dimmer
(Black-out meter and dashboard
illuminations)
Low fuel
warning light
When the headlight switch is in the or
position, the illumination of the
instrument cluster and the information
display dims.
qDashboard Illumination
When driving on snowy or foggy roads,
or in other situations when the instrument
cluster or information display's visibility
is reduced due to glare from surrounding
brightness, cancel the illumination
dimmer and increase the illumination
intensity.
Rotate the thumb wheel to adjust the
brightness of the instrument cluster and
other illuminations in the dashboard.
NOTE
l
The brightness of dashboard
To cancel the illumination dimmer, rotate
the thumb wheel upward fully. You may
hear a click sound and the illumination
dimmer will be canceled.
illuminations (except instrument
cluster) can be adjusted when the
headlight switch is in the or
position.
l
(Black-out meter)
NOTE
The brightness of the instrument
cluster illumination can be adjusted
when the headlight switch is in any
position.
If the dashboard illumination switch is
kept at the illumination dimmer cancel
position, the instrument cluster and the
information display will not dim when
the headlight switch is turned to the
or
position again.
5-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Warning/Indicator Lights
Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Brake System Warning Light
Page
5-29
Charging System Warning Light
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light
Check Engine Light
5-30
5-30
5-30
5-31
5-31
5-32
ABS Warning Light
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light
Low Fuel Warning Light
5-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep
Page
5-32
Door-Ajar Warning Light
5-33
5-33
5-33
5-34
5-34
5-34
5-35
5-35
5-35
5-36
5-36
5-36
Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light
Automatic Transaxle Warning Light
Security Indicator Light
Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light
Shift Position Indicator Light
TCS Indicator Light
TCS OFF Indicator Light
Cruise Main Indicator Light
Cruise Set Indicator Light
Light-On Indicator Light
Turn-Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights
5-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Even if the light goes off, have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible.
qBrake System Warning Light
Electronic brake force distribution
system warning
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may turn the brake system
warning light on.
This warning has the following functions:
In this case, the ABS warning light comes
on at the same time (page 5-31).
Parking brake warning
The light comes on when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switch
in the START or ON position. It goes off
when the parking brake is fully released.
WARNING
Brake Warning Light:
Low brake fluid level warning/
Electronic brake force distribution
system warning
Driving with the brake system warning
light on is dangerous. It indicates that
your brakes may not work at all or
that they could completely fail at any
time. If this light remains on, after
checking that the parking brake is
fully released, have the brakes
inspected immediately. Don't drive
with this light on, and contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible.
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
Low brake fluid level warning
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
push or that it may go closer to the floor.
In either case, it will take longer to stop
the vehicle.
ABS Warning Light and Brake
Warning Light on at the Same Time:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are on at the same time is dangerous.
When both lights are on, the rear
wheels could lock more quickly in an
emergency stop than under normal
circumstances.
1. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (page 8-16).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
Don't drive with both lights on, and
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the brakes inspected as soon
as possible.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
If the light illuminates while driving:
qCharging System Warning Light
1. Drive to the side of the road and park
off the right-of-way.
2. Turn off the engine and inspect the
engine oil level (page 8-11). If it's low,
add oil.
3. Check the light.
This warning light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and turns off when the engine is
started.
If the light remains illuminated even after
you add oil, have your vehicle towed to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the warning light illuminates while
driving, it indicates a malfunction of the
alternator or of the charging system.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Don't run the engine if oil pressure is
low. It could result in extensive engine
damage.
qCheck Engine Light
CAUTION
Don't continue driving when the
charging system warning light is
illuminated.
qEngine Oil Pressure Warning
Light
If this light comes on while driving, the
vehicle may have a problem. It is
important to note the driving conditions
when the light came on and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The check engine light may come on in
the following cases:
l
The fuel tank level being very low or
approaching empty.
This warning light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and turns off when the engine is
started.
l
The engine's electrical system has a
problem.
l
The emission control system has a
problem.
This warning light indicates low engine
oil pressure.
5-30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
l
The fuel-filler cap is missing or not
tightened securely.
WARNING
If the check engine light remains on or
flashes continuously, do not drive at high
speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
ABS Warning Light and Brake
Warning Light on at the Same Time:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are on at the same time is dangerous.
When both lights are on, the rear
wheels could lock more quickly in an
emergency stop than under normal
circumstances.
qABS Warning Light
Don't drive with both lights on, and
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the brakes inspected as soon
as possible.
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
NOTE
When the engine is jump-started to
charge the battery, uneven rpm occurs
and the ABS warning light comes on.
This is due to a weak battery, not a
malfunction.
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Recharge the battery.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning
Light
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is normal, the warning light
illuminates when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. After about 6 seconds
it goes out.
5-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
A system malfunction is indicated when
the warning light constantly flashes,
illuminates or doesn't illuminate at all
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position. If any of these occur, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible. The system may not work in an
accident.
qSeat Belt Warning Light/Beep
The seat belt warning light illuminates
and a beep sound will be heard if the
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
WARNING
Self-Servicing the Air Bag/
Pretensioner Systems:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled. This
could cause serious injuries. Never
tamper with the systems and always
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
perform all servicing and repairs.
Conditions of operation
Condition
Result
The warning light
The driver's seat belt is not
fastened when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
illuminates for about 1
minute and a beep
sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened while the warning
light and the beep sound are
activated.
The warning light
turns off and the beep
sound stops.
qLow Fuel Warning Light
The driver's seat belt is
The warning light will
fastened before the ignition not illuminate and the
switch is turned to the ON beep sound will not be
Low fuel
warning light
position.
heard.
Belt minder
The belt minder is a supplemental
warning to the seat belt warning function.
This feature provides additional reminders
to the driver that the driver's seat belt is
not fastened by intermittently sounding a
beep sound and flashing the seat belt
warning light in the instrument cluster.
This warning light in the fuel gauge
signals that the fuel tank will soon be
empty.
Refuel as soon as possible.
5-32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Condition
Result
qDoor-Ajar Warning Light
The driver's seat belt is not The warning light
fastened when the vehicle
speed reaches 8 km/h
flashes and the beep
sound will be heard
(5 mph) and about 1 minute for about 6 seconds
has elapsed since the every 30 seconds, for
ignition switch was turned a period of about 5
to the ON position.
minutes.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened while the warning
light and the beep sound are
activated.
The warning light
turns off and the beep
sound stops.
This warning light comes on when any
door isn't securely closed.
The driver's seat belt is
The warning light will
fastened before the ignition not illuminate and the
switch is turned to the ON beep sound will not be
qLow Washer Fluid Level
Warning Lightí
position.
heard.
NOTE
The belt minder can be deactivated by
the following methods.
l
(Temporary deactivation)
To temporarily deactivate the belt
minder, turn the ignition switch to
the ON position, fasten the driver's
seat belt for about 2 seconds or
This warning light indicates that little
washer fluid remains. Add fluid (page
8-20).
longer, and then unfasten it within 20
seconds. The belt minder will be
deactivated until the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position again.
qAutomatic Transaxle Warning
Light
l
(Long-term deactivation)
To deactivate the belt minder over
the long term, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer. If the belt minder is
long-term deactivated, the belt
minder will not activate until it is
restored at the Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
This warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
The light illuminates when the transaxle
has a problem.
íSome models.
5-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qHeadlight High-Beam Indicator
Light
CAUTION
If the automatic transaxle warning light
illuminates, the transaxle has an
electrical problem. Continuing to drive
your Mazda in this condition could
cause damage to your transaxle.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible.
This light indicates one of two things:
l
qSecurity Indicator Light
The high-beam headlights are on.
l
The turn signal lever is in the flash-to-
pass position.
qShift Position Indicator Light
(Automatic Transaxle)
This indicates the selected shift position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
This indicator light starts flashing every 2
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
from the ON to the ACC position and the
immobilizer system is armed.
The light stops flashing when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position with
the correct ignition key.
At this time, the immobilizer system is
disarmed and the light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and then goes out.
If the engine doesn't start with the correct
ignition key, and the security indicator
light keeps illuminating or flashing, the
system may have a malfunction. Consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Gear position indicator
5-34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qTCS OFF Indicator Lightí
Gear position indicator
When the shift lever is in the D or M
position, the numeral for the selected gear
illuminates.
qTCS Indicator Lightí
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
It also comes on when the TCS OFF
switch is pressed and TCS is switched off.
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS is
If the light stays on when the TCS is not
switched off, take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The TCS may
have a malfunction.
operating, the indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS may have a
malfunction and it may not operate
correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
After starting the engine when the
coolant temperature is extremely low,
the TCS is automatically turned off. At
this time, the TCS OFF indicator light
will remain on, but this does not
indicate an abnormality. After the
engine has warmed, TCS will resume
normal operation and the indicator light
will go out.
NOTE
l
In addition to the indicator light
flashing, a slight lugging sound will
come from the engine. This indicates
that the TCS is operating properly.
l
On slippery surfaces, such as fresh
snow, it will be impossible to
achieve high rpm when the TCS is
on.
qCruise Main Indicator Light
This light comes on when the ON/OFF
switch is pressed and the cruise control
system is activated.
íSome models.
5-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qCruise Set Indicator Light
NOTE
If an indicator light remains illuminated
(does not flash) or if it flashes
abnormally, the turn signal bulb may be
burned out.
This light comes on when a cruising speed
is set.
qLight-On Indicator Light (Black-
out meter)
This indicator light comes on when the
exterior lights are on.
qTurn-Signal/Hazard Warning
Indicator Lights
When operating the turn-signal lights, the
left or right turn-signal indicator light
flashes to indicate which turn-signal light
is operating (page 5-39).
When operating the hazard warning
lights, both turn-signal indicator lights
flash (page 5-44).
5-36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Beep Sounds
qSeat Belt Warning Beep
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, a beep sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
qIgnition Key Reminder
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or
ACC position, a beep sound will be heard
when the driver's door is opened.
qLights-On Reminder
If lights are on and the key is removed
from the ignition switch, a beep sound
will be heard when the driver's door is
opened.
5-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
qLights-On Reminder
Lighting Control
If lights are on and the key is removed
from the ignition switch, a beep sound
will be heard when the driver's door is
opened.
qHeadlight High-Low Beam
Push the lever forward for high beam.
Pull it back for low.
High beam
qHeadlights
Low beam
To turn on the lights, turn the headlight
switch on the end of the control lever.
Switch Position
Headlights
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
Taillights
Parking lights
License lights
qFlashing the Headlights
To flash the headlights, pull the lever fully
toward you. The headlight switch need
not be on, and the lever will return to the
normal position when released.
NOTE
l
If the light switch is left on, the lights
will automatically switch off 30
seconds after turning the ignition
switch to the LOCK position or
removing the key.
The lights will automatically switch
back on when the ignition switch is
turned to the ACC or ON position.
l
To prevent discharging the battery,
don't leave the lights on while the
engine is off.
5-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
qDaytime Running Lights
(Canada)
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
In Canada, vehicles must be driven with
the headlights on during daytime
operation.
qTurn Signal
Move the signal lever down (for a left
turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop
position. The signal will self-cancel after
the turn is completed.
For that reason, the daytime running lights
automatically turn on when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position.
If the indicator light continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever to
its original position.
NOTE
The Daytime Running Lights turn off
when the parking brake is applied.
Right turn
Right lane
change
OFF
Left lane
change
Left turn
Green indicators on the dashboard show
which signal is working.
Lane-change signals
Move the lever slightly toward the
direction of the change ―until the
indicator flashes― and hold it there. It
will return to the off position when
released.
NOTE
If an indicator light stays on without
flashing or if it flashes abnormally, the
turn signal bulb may be burned out.
5-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Fog Lightsí
Windshield Wipers and
Washer
Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.
They help you to see as well as to be seen.
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
To turn the front fog lights on, rotate the
fog light switch to the
position.
The headlight switch must be in the
position to turn on the front fog lights.
WARNING
Frozen Washer Fluid:
Using windshield washer fluid without
anti-freeze protection in freezing
temperatures is dangerous. The
washer fluid could freeze on the
windshield and block your vision. You
could have an accident. Don't use the
washer without first warming the
windshield and never use plain tap
water.
Fog light switch
NOTE
To turn them off, rotate the fog light
switch to the OFF position or turn the
headlight switch to the or OFF
position.
Because heavy ice and snow can jam
the wiper blades, the wiper motor is
protected from motor breakdown,
overheating and possible fire by a
circuit breaker. This mechanism will
automatically stop operation of the
blades, but only for about 5 minutes.
If this happens, turn off the wiper
switch and park off the right-of-way,
and remove the snow and ice.
NOTE
The fog lights will turn off when the
headlights are set at high beam.
After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and
the blades should operate normally. If
they don't resume functioning, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
5-40
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
One-touch wipers
qWindshield Wipers
For a single wiping cycle, push the lever
up to MIST.
Turn the wipers on by pulling the lever
down.
INT ― Intermittent
1 ― Normal
2 ― Fast
qWindshield Washer
Pull the lever toward you and hold it to
spray washer fluid.
Variable-speed intermittent wipers
Set the lever to INT and choose the
interval timing by rotating the ring.
OFF
Washer
INT ring
NOTE
With the wiper lever in the OFF or INT
position, the wipers will operate
continuously until the lever is released.
If the washer doesn't work, inspect the
fluid level (page 8-20). If it's OK, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Rear Window Defroster
Rear Window Wiper and
Washerí
The rear window defroster clears frost,
fog, and thin ice from the rear window.
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
qRear Window Wiper
Press the switch to turn on the rear
window defroster. The rear window
defroster operates for about 15 minutes
and turns off automatically.
The indicator light illuminates during
operation.
To turn off the rear window defroster
before the 15 minutes has elapsed, press
the switch again.
Manual Type Air-Conditioning
Turn the wiper on by turning the rear
wiper/washer switch.
ON ― Normal
INT ― Intermittent
qRear Window Washer
To spray washer fluid, turn the rear wiper/
washer switch to the
position. After
the switch is released, the washer will
stop.
NOTE
There are two washer positions: up and
down. In the down washer position, the
wiper will not be activated.
If the washer doesn't work, inspect the
fluid level (page 8-20). If it's OK and the
washer still doesn't work, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-42
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Fully Automatic Type Air-Conditioning
Horn
To sound the horn, press around the
mark on the steering wheel.
CAUTION
Don't use sharp instruments or window
cleaners with abrasives to clean the
inside of the rear window surface. They
may damage the defroster grid inside
the window.
NOTE
This defroster is not designed for
melting snow. If there is an
accumulation of snow on the rear
window, remove it before using the
defroster.
5-43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Hazard Warning Flasher
HomeLink Wireless
Control Systemí
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway.
NOTE
HomeLink and HomeLink house are
registered trademarks of Johnson
Controls.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
The HomeLink system replaces up to 3
hand-held transmitters with a single built-
in component in the auto-dimming mirror.
Pressing the HomeLink button on the
auto-dimming mirror activates garage
doors, gates and other devices
surrounding your home.
Indicator light
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
four turn signals will flash.
NOTE
HomeLink button
l
The turn signals don't work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
l
Check local regulations about the use
of hazard warning lights while the
vehicle is being towed. They may
forbid it.
5-44
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
NOTE
WARNING
FCC ID: NZLSTDHL3
Safety Stop and Reverse Feature:
Using the HomeLink system with any
garage door opener that lacks the
safety stop and reverse feature as
required by federal safety standards is
dangerous. (This includes garage
doors manufactured before April 1,
1982.)
Using these garage door openers can
increase the risk of serious injury or
death. For further information,
contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515
or www.homelink.com or your
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CANADA:4112104541A
This device complies with FCC rules
part 15. Operation is subject to the
following conditions:
1- This device may not cause any
harmful interference and
2- This device must accept any
interference that may be received
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
NOTE
The programming will not be erased
even if the battery is disconnected.
Safety While Programming or
Operating HomeLink System:
Programming or operating the
HomeLink system without verifying
the safety of areas surrounding garage
doors and gates is dangerous and
could result in an unexpected accident
and serious injury if someone were to
be hit. Always check the areas
surrounding garage doors and gates
for people or obstructions before
programming or during operation of
the HomeLink system.
qPre-programming the HomeLink
System
NOTE
It is recommended that a new battery be
placed in the hand-held transmitter of
the device being programmed to
HomeLink for quicker training and
accurate transmission of the radio-
frequency signal.
l
Verify that there is a remote control
CAUTION
transmitter available for the device you
would like to program.
HomeLink has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry
Canada rules. Changes or modifications
not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
l
Disconnect the power to the device.
5-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
4. After the HomeLink indicator light
changes from a slow to a rapidly
blinking light, release both the
HomeLink and hand-held transmitter
buttons.
qProgramming the HomeLink
System
CAUTION
When programming a garage door
opener or a gate, disconnect the power
to these devices before performing
programming, as continuous operation
of the devices could damage the motor.
NOTE
If the HomeLink indicator light does
not change to a rapidly blinking light,
contact HomeLink at
www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-
3515 for assistance.
The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons
which can be individually selected and
programmed using the transmitters for
current, on-market devices as follows:
5. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink button and observe the
indicator light.
1. Press and hold the two outer
HomeLink buttons (buttons one and
three) - releasing only when the
If the indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and your
device should activate when the
indicator light begins to flash (after 20
seconds). Do not hold the buttons for
longer than 30 seconds and do not
repeat step 1 to program a second and/
or third hand-held transmitter to the
remaining two HomeLink buttons.
HomeLink button is pressed and released.
NOTE
To program the remaining two
HomeLink buttons, begin with
“Programming” - step 2. Do not repeat
step 1.
2. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 2.5―7.5 cm (1―3 inches)
away from the HomeLink button you
wish to program while keeping the
indicator light in view.
If the indicator light blinks rapidly for
two seconds and then turns to a
constant light, continue with
“Programming” steps 6―8 to complete
the programming of a rolling code
equipped device (most commonly a
garage door opener).
3. Simultaneously press and hold both the
chosen HomeLink and hand-held
transmitter buttons. Do not release the
buttons until step 4 has been
completed.
6. At the garage door opener receiver
(motor-head unit) in the garage, locate
the “learn” or “smart” button. This can
usually be found where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the motor-
head unit.
NOTE
Some gate operators and garage door
openers may require you to replace this
Programming Step 3 with procedures
noted in the “Gate Operator/Canadian
Programming” section.
5-46
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
7. Firmly press and release the “learn” or
“smart” button. (The name and color of
the button may vary by manufacturer.)
qGate operator/Canadian
Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)
after several seconds of transmission -
which may not be long enough for
HomeLink to pick up the signal during
programming. Similar to this Canadian
law, some U.S. gate operators are
designed to “time-out” in the same
manner.
NOTE
There are 30 seconds in which to
initiate step 8.
8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for two seconds and release the
programmed HomeLink button. Repeat
the “press/hold/release” sequence a
second time, and, depending on the
brand of the garage door opener (or
other rolling code equipped device),
repeat this sequence a third time to
complete the programming process.
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator
by using the “Programming” procedures
(regardless of where you live), replace
“Programming HomeLink” step 3 with
the following:
HomeLink should now activate your
rolling code equipped device.
NOTE
If programming a garage door opener or
gate operator, it is advised to unplug the
device during the “cycling” process to
prevent possible overheating.
NOTE
To program the remaining two
HomeLink buttons, begin with
“Programming” - step 2. Do not repeat
step 1.
Continue to press and hold the HomeLink
button while you press and release -
every two seconds (“cycle”) your hand-
held transmitter until the frequency signal
has successfully been accepted by
HomeLink. (The indicator light will flash
slowly and then rapidly.)
For questions or comments, please contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or 1-
800-355-3515.
Proceed with “Programming” step 4 to
complete.
qOperating the HomeLink System
Press the programmed HomeLink button
to operate a programmed device. The
code will continue being transmitted for a
maximum of 20 seconds.
5-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
qReprogramming the HomeLink
system
To program a device to HomeLink using a
HomeLink button previously trained,
follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button. DO NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
HomeLink button, proceed with
“Programming” - step 2.
qErasing Programmed HomeLink
Buttons
To erase the existing programming from
all three operating channels, press and
hold the two outside buttons (
,
)
on the auto-dimming mirror until the
HomeLink indicator light begins to flash
after approximately 20 seconds.
Verify that the programming has been
erased when you resell the vehicle.
5-48
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
6
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio
system.
Climate Control System ............................................................... 6-2
Operating Tips ........................................................................... 6-2
Vent Operation .......................................................................... 6-3
Types of the Climate Control System ....................................... 6-5
Manual Type ............................................................................. 6-6
Fully Automatic Type ............................................................. 6-11
Audio System ............................................................................... 6-16
Antenna ................................................................................... 6-16
Operating Tips for Audio System ........................................... 6-16
Audio Set ................................................................................ 6-23
Audio Control Switch Operation (Steering Wheel)í ............. 6-40
Safety Certification ................................................................. 6-42
Interior Equipment ..................................................................... 6-43
Sunvisors ................................................................................. 6-43
Interior Lights ......................................................................... 6-43
Information Display ................................................................ 6-46
Lighter ..................................................................................... 6-48
Ashtray .................................................................................... 6-49
Cup Holder .............................................................................. 6-50
Bottle Holder ........................................................................... 6-51
Storage Compartments ............................................................ 6-51
Accessory Socket .................................................................... 6-55
íSome models.
6-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qParking in Direct Sunlight
Operating Tips
If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows to let warm air escape, then run
the climate control system.
qOperating the Climate Control
System
Operate the climate control system with
the engine running.
qNot Using for a Long Period
Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes
at least once a month to keep internal
parts lubricated.
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the fan control
dial on for a long period of time when
the engine is not running.
qCheck the Refrigerant before the
Weather Gets Hot
Have the air conditioner checked before
the weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerant
may make the air conditioner less
efficient. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for refrigerant inspection.
qClearing the Air Inlet
Clear all obstructions like leaves, snow
and ice from the hood and the air inlet in
the cowl grille to improve the system
efficiency.
The air conditioner is filled with
HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that will
not damage the ozone layer.
If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant
or has a malfunction, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qFoggy Windows
The windows may fog up easily in humid
weather. Use the climate control system to
defog the windows.
To help defog the windows, operate the
air conditioner to dehumidify the air.
qReplacement of the Cabin Air
Filter
If your vehicle is equipped with an air
filter for the air conditioner, it is necessary
to change the filter periodically as
indicated in scheduled maintenance (page
8-3). Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for replacement of the cabin air
filter.
qOutside/Recirculated Air Position
Use the outside air position in normal
conditions. The recirculated air position
should be used only when driving on
dusty roads or for quick cooling of the
interior.
6-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Vent Operation
2. Rotate the air vent left and right to
adjust the direction of airflow.
qAdjusting the Vents
Directing airflow
1. Press the upper part of the air vent to
open it.
NOTE
When using the air conditioner, mist
may come out from the vents. This is
not a sign of trouble but a result of
humid air being suddenly cooled.
6-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qSelecting the Airflow Mode
Dashboard Vents
Defroster and Floor Vents
Dashboard and Floor Vents
Defroster Vents
Floor Vents
6-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Types of the Climate Control System
Manual type and fully automatic type climate control systems are explained separately.
Check your vehicle's climate control type and read the appropriate pages.
Climate control information is displayed on the information display.
Manual Type ............................................................................................................ page 6-6
Fully Automatic Type ............................................................................................. page 6-11
6-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Manual Type
Air intake selector
Rear window
defroster switch
A/C Switch
Temperature control dial
Fan control dial
Mode selector dial
Fan control dial
qControl Switches
Temperature control dial
Cold
Hot
This dial allows variable fan speeds.
0―Fan off
1―Low speed
2―Medium low speed
3―Medium high speed
4―High speed
This dial controls temperature. Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
6-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Mode selector dial
Air intake selector
Turn the mode selector dial to select
airflow mode (page 6-4).
This switch controls the source of air
entering the vehicle.
A/C switch
Press the switch to alternate between the
and
positions. The indicator
light for the selected mode will illuminate.
It is recommended that under normal
conditions the switch be kept in the
outside air position.
Outside air position (
)
Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Use
this position for normal ventilation and
heating.
Push the switch to turn the air conditioner
on. The indicator light on the switch will
illuminate when the fan control dial is set
at position 1, 2, 3, or 4.
Recirculated air position (
)
Outside air is shut off. Air within the
vehicle is recirculated.
Push the switch once again to turn the air
conditioner off.
This position can be used when driving on
a dusty road or in similar conditions. It
also helps to provide quicker cooling of
the interior.
NOTE
The air conditioner may not function
when the outside temperature
approaches 0 °C (32 °F).
6-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
NOTE
WARNING
l
If the windshield fogs up easily, set
The Recirculated Air Position:
the mode selector dial to the
position.
Using the
position in cold or
rainy weather will cause the windows
to fog up. Your vision will be
hampered, which could lead to a
serious accident. Do not use the
position in cold or rainy weather.
l
If cooler air is desired at face level,
set the mode selector dial at the
position and adjust the temperature
control dial to maintain maximum
comfort.
l
The air to the floor is warmer than
air to the face (except when the
temperature control dial is set at the
extreme hot or cold position).
Rear window defroster switch
When using the rear window defroster
switch, refer to Rear Window Defroster
(page 5-42).
qCooling (With Air Conditioner)
qHeating
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
cold position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the
position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
hot position.
4. Turn on the air conditioner.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
5. Adjust the fan control dial and
temperature control dial to maintain
maximum comfort.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn
on the air conditioner.
CAUTION
When using the air conditioner while
driving up long hills or in heavy traffic,
closely monitor the temperature gauge
(page 5-25).
The air conditioner may cause engine
overheating. If the gauge indicates
overheating, turn the air conditioner off.
6-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
NOTE
WARNING
l
When maximum cooling is desired,
Foggy Windshield:
Using the position with the
set the temperature control dial to the
extreme cold position and set the air
temperature control set to the cold
position will cause the outside of the
windshield to fog up. Your vision will
be hampered, which could lead to a
serious accident. Set the temperature
control to the hot or warm position
intake selector to the
then set the fan control dial to
position 4.
position,
l
If warmer air is desired at floor level,
set the mode selector dial at the
position and adjust the temperature
control dial to maintain maximum
comfort.
when using the
position.
NOTE
l
The air to the floor is warmer than
air to the face (except when the
temperature control dial is set at the
extreme hot or cold position).
l
For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control dial to the
extreme hot position and the fan
control dial to position 4.
qVentilation
l
l
If warm air is desired at the floor, set
the mode selector dial to the
position.
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
In the
or
position, air
2. Set the air intake selector to the
position.
conditioning is automatically turned
on to defrost the windshield quickly
(however, the indicator light does not
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
illuminate) and the
position is
automatically selected. The air intake
selector switch cannot be changed to
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
the
position.
qWindshield Defrosting and
Defogging
qDehumidifying (With Air
Conditioner)
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
Operate the air conditioner in cool or cold
weather to help defog the windshield and
side windows.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
desired position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
2. Set the air intake selector to the
position.
6-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
5. Turn on the air conditioner.
6-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Fully Automatic Type
Fan control dial
Rear window
defroster switch
Air intake selector
Temperature control dial
A/C Switch
OFF switch
Mode selector switch
Auto switch
Windshield defroster switch
l
l
Outside/Recirculated air selection
Air conditioner operation
qControl Switches
AUTO switch
NOTE
AUTO switch indicator light
l
When on, it indicates AUTO
operation, and the system will
function automatically.
l
When off, indicates the operation of
other switches such as the mode
selector switch, fan control dial, A/C
switch and windshield defroster
switch. Other functions will continue
to operate automatically.
By pressing the AUTO switch the
following functions will be automatically
controlled in accordance with the set
temperature:
l
Airflow temperature
l
Amount of airflow
l
Selection of airflow mode
6-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
OFF switch
Mode selector switch
Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the
climate control system.
The desired airflow mode can be selected
(page 6-4).
Temperature control dial
NOTE
l
With the airflow mode set to
position and the temperature control
dial set at a medium temperature,
heated air is directed to the feet and a
comparably lower air temperature
will flow through the central, left and
right vents.
Cold
Hot
l
This dial controls temperature.Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
To set the air vent to
windshield defroster switch.
, press the
A/C switch
Fan control dial
Low
High
With the AUTO or fan control dial ON,
press the A/C switch to select the air
conditioning (cooling/dehumidifying
functions) on or off.
The fan has seven speeds. The selected
speed will be displayed.
6-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Windshield defroster switch
NOTE
The air conditioner may not function
when the outside temperature
approaches 0 °C (32 °F). (Indicator
remains on even when system is off.)
Air intake selector
Press the switch to defrost the windshield
and front door windows.
Rear window defroster switch
When using the rear window defroster
switch, refer to Rear Window Defroster
(page 5-42).
Outside or recirculated air positions can
be selected. Press the switch to select
outside/recirculated air positions.
qStandard Use
1. Press the AUTO switch. Selection of
the airflow mode, air intake selector
and amount of airflow will be
automatically controlled.
Recirculated air position (
)
Use this position when going through
tunnels, driving in congested traffic (high
engine exhaust areas) or when quick
cooling is desired.
Outside air position (
)
Use this position for normal conditions
and defogging.
WARNING
2. Use the temperature control dial to
select a desired temperature.
The Recirculated Air Position:
Using the
position in cold or
rainy weather will cause the windows
to fog up. Your vision will be
hampered, which could lead to a
serious accident. Do not use the
position in cold or rainy weather.
Cold
Hot
6-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
To turn off the system, press the OFF
switch.
WARNING
Foggy Windshield:
Using the position with the
NOTE
l
For an optimal cabin temperature, set
temperature control set to the cold
position will cause the outside of the
windshield to fog up. Your vision will
be hampered, which could lead to a
serious accident. Set the temperature
control to hot or warm position when
the temperature close to 25.0°C
(77.0°F). Adjust to the desired
temperature if necessary.
l
Setting the temperature to maximum
high or low will not provide the
desired temperature at a faster rate.
using the
position.
l
To prevent cool air blowing from the
NOTE
vents when heating right after
starting the engine, the amount of
airflow is reduced until the air warms
up.
Use the temperature control dial to
increase the air flow temperature and
defog the windshield more quickly.
qWindshield Defrosting and
Defogging
qSunlight/Temperature Sensor
The fully automatic air conditioner
function measures inside and outside
temperatures, and sunlight. It then sets
temperatures inside the passenger
compartment accordingly. Don't obstruct
the sensor.
Sunlight sensor
Press the windshield defroster switch.
In this position, the
position is
automatically selected, and the air
conditioner automatically turned on
(however, the indicator light does not
illuminate). The air conditioner will direct
dehumidified air to the front windshield
and side windows (page 6-4). Airflow
amount will be increased.
6-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Interior temperature sensor
6-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Antenna
Operating Tips for Audio
System
qDetachable Type
To remove the antenna, turn it
counterclockwise.
To install the antenna, turn it clockwise.
Make sure the antenna is securely
installed.
WARNING
Do Not Adjust Audio While Driving
the Vehicle:
Adjusting the audio while driving the
vehicle is dangerous as it could
distract your attention from the vehicle
operation which could lead to a
serious accident. Always adjust the
audio while the vehicle is stopped.
Remove
Install
CAUTION
For the purposes of safe driving, adjust
the audio volume to a level that allows
you to hear sounds outside of the
vehicle.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the antenna,
remove it before entering a car wash
facility or passing beneath a low
overhead clearance.
NOTE
l
Do not use the audio for long periods
of time while the engine is off.
Otherwise the battery could go dead.
l
If a digital cellular phone or CB
NOTE
radio is used in or near the vehicle, it
could cause noise to occur from the
audio system, however, this does not
indicate that the system has been
damaged.
When leaving your vehicle unattended,
we recommend that you remove the
antenna and store it inside the vehicle.
6-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Signals from an FM transmitter are similar
to beams of light because they do not
bend around corners, but they do reflect.
Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannot
travel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FM
stations cannot be received at the great
distances possible with AM reception.
qRadio Reception
AM characteristics
AM signals bend around such things as
buildings or mountains and bounce off the
ionosphere. Therefore, they can reach
longer distances than FM signals. Because
of this, two stations may sometimes be
picked up on the same frequency at the
same time.
Ionosphere
FM wave
AM wave
Ionosphere
FM wave
100—200 km (60—120 miles)
Atmospheric conditions can also affect
FM reception. High humidity will cause
poor reception. However, cloudy days
may provide better reception than clear
days.
Station 1
Station 2
FM characteristics
An FM broadcast range is usually about
40―50 km (25―30 miles) from the
source. Because of extra coding needed to
break the sound into two channels, stereo
FM has even less range than monaural
(non-stereo) FM.
Multipath noise
Since FM signals can be reflected by
obstructions, it is possible to receive both
the direct signal and the reflected signal at
the same time. This causes a slight delay
in reception and may be heard as a broken
sound or a distortion. This problem may
also be encountered when in close
FM Station
proximity to the transmitter.
40—50 km
(25—30 miles)
Reflected wave
Direct
6-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Flutter/Skip noise
Strong signal noise
Signals from an FM transmitter move in
straight lines and become weak in valleys
between tall buildings, mountains, and
other obstacles. When a vehicle passes
through such an area, the reception
conditions may change suddenly, resulting
in annoying noise.
This occurs very close to a transmitter
tower. The broadcast signals are
extremely strong, so the result is noise and
sound breakup at the radio receiver.
Station drift noise
When a vehicle reaches the area of two
strong stations broadcasting at similar
frequencies, the original station may be
temporarily lost and the second station
picked up. At this time there will be some
noise from this disturbance.
Weak signal noise
In suburban areas, broadcast signals
become weak because of distance from
the transmitter. Reception in such fringe
areas is characterized by sound breakup.
Station 2
Station 1
88.1 MHz
88.3 MHz
6-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
If the cassette tape is loose, it may
produce poor sound or performance
during playback. Use a pencil or
qOperating Tips for Cassette Tape
Player
Cleaning the cassette tape player
something similar to remove any slack.
The tape head, capstans, and pinch rollers
will gather oxide residue from cassette
tapes. This can cause weak or wavering
sounds and damage to the cassette tapes
and player. Use a good quality head-
cleaning tape or a liquid cleaner cassette
tape to remove it.
Should the unit not operate normally,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Never attempt to repair it or insert a
screwdriver or anything else.
l
l
Only cassette tapes that play no longer
than 90 minutes should be used.
Cassette tape exceeding 90 minutes are
thin and may easily break.
Handling the cassette tape player
The following precautions should be
observed.
Do not leave a cassette tape in the tape
player slot when not in use. Remove it
completely to permit the slot door to
close and to protect the mechanism
from dust.
l
Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
l
Store cassette tapes away from extreme
heat, magnetic fields, and direct
sunlight. Protect the exposed cassette
tape from dirt and damage. Store
cassette tapes in their original cases or
other protective cases.
l
Do not insert any objects, other than
cassette tape, into the slot.
6-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
The MD player can also play MDLPs
that have been recorded in MDLP
mode. (MDLPs bearing the
qOperating Tips for Mini Disc
(MD) Player
The following precautions should be
observed.
identification logo as shown below).
l
Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
l
When inserting the MD, make sure the
MD label is facing up, and the MD is
oriented to the insertion slot in the
direction of the arrow. If not inserted
correctly, the MD will be ejected, or
may remain stuck in the MD deck.
l
Do not insert any objects, other than
MDs, into the slot.
l
The MD player has been designed to
l
Do not touch the internal part of the
MD. If the MD shutter is slid open for
no reason, it may be broken.
play MDs bearing the identification
logo as shown. No other MDs can be
played.
l
Store MDs in their cases and away
from direct sunlight.
6-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
The CD revolves at high speed within
the unit. Defective (cracked or badly
bent) CDs should never be used.
qOperating Tips for CD Player/In-
Dash CD Changer
Condensation phenomenon
Immediately after turning on the heater
when the vehicle is cold, the CD or
optical components (prism and lens) in the
CD player/changer may become clouded
with condensation. At this time, the CD
will eject immediately when placed in the
unit. A clouded CD can be corrected
simply by wiping it with a soft cloth.
Clouded optical components will clear
naturally in about an hour. Wait for
normal operation to return before
l
Do not use non-conventional discs
such as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,
etc. The CD player/changer could be
damaged.
attempting to use the unit.
Handling the CD player/In-dash CD
changer
The following precautions should be
observed.
l
Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
l
A new CD may have rough edges on
its inner and outer perimeters. If a disc
with rough edges is used, proper
setting will not be possible and the CD
player/changer will not play the CD.
Remove the rough edges in advance by
using a ball-point pen or pencil as
shown below. To remove the rough
edges, rub the side of the pen or pencil
against the inner and outer perimeter of
the CD.
l
Do not insert any objects, other than
CDs, into the slot.
6-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
l
l
l
When driving over uneven surfaces,
the sound may jump.
Dust, finger smudges, and dirt can
decrease the amount of light reflected
from the signal surface, thus affecting
sound quality. If the CD should
become soiled, gently wipe it with a
soft cloth from the center of the CD to
the edge.
Do not use record sprays, antistatic
agents, or household spray cleaners.
Volatile chemicals such as benzine and
thinner can also damage the surface of
the CD and must not be used. Anything
that can damage, warp, or fog plastic
should never be used to clean CDs.
l
The CD player/changer has been
designed to play CDs bearing the
identification logo as shown. No other
discs can be played.
CDs, like traditional audio records, are
made of plastic. To avoid warping,
keep the CDs in their cases and do not
store them where they will be exposed
to direct sunlight.
l
l
The CD player/changer ejects the CD if
the CD is inserted upside down. Also
dirty and/or defective CDs may be
ejected.
l
Be sure never to touch the signal
surface when handling the CDs. Pick
up a CD by grasping the outer edge or
the edge of the hole and the outer edge.
8 cm (3 in) CDs and CD accessories
(e.g. 8 cm disc adapter) cannot be used
in the CD player/changer.
l
l
Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD
player/changer.
Do not insert any disc with a peel-off
or seal on it.
l
Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.
Avoid scratching the reverse side (the
side without a label).
6-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Audio Set
CD Player
In-dash CD Changer
Illustration is of a representative audio unit.
Mini Disc (MD) Player
Cassette Tape Player
Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-24
Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-28
Operating the Cassette Tape Player ........................................................................ page 6-30
Operating the Mini Disc (MD) Player .................................................................... page 6-32
Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .............................................................. page 6-34
Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-36
Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-39
6-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qPower/Volume/Sound Controls
Power/Volume dial
Audio control dial
Power ON/OFF
Turn the power/volume dial to the right to
increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
Audio sound adjustment
1. Press the audio control dial to select the
function. The selected function will be
indicated.
Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
Press the power/volume dial again to turn
the audio system off.
Standard audio-
equipped model
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the audio
system on for a long period of time
when the engine is not running.
Volume adjustment
*
To adjust the volume, turn the power/
volume dial.
6-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
BOSE Sound System-equipped model
BOSE Sound System-
equipped model
Indication
Turn Left Turn Right
Decrease
bass
Increase
bass
Decrease
treble
Increase
treble
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
front
rear
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
left right
*
Select mode
* Depending on the mode selected, the
indication changes.
NOTE
2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust the
selected functions as follows:
About 5 seconds after selecting any
mode, the volume function will be
automatically selected. To reset bass,
mid-range, treble, fade, and balance,
press the audio control dial for 2
seconds. The unit will beep and
“CLEAR” will be displayed.
Standard audio-equipped model
Indication
Turn Left Turn Right
Decrease
bass
Increase
bass
Decrease
Increase
mid-range mid-range
Decrease
treble
Increase
treble
Automatic Level Control (ALC)
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
Shift the
The automatic level control is a feature
that automatically adjusts audio volume
and sound quality according to the vehicle
speed.
The volume increases in accordance with
the increase in vehicle speed, and
decreases as vehicle speed decreases.
front
rear
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
left right
Shift the
Select mode
6-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
The following four modes are available.
Select the desired mode.
Mode
Volume change
No change
Minimum
Medium
Maximum
Turn the audio control dial to select the
ALC OFF, ALC LEVEL1―3 mode. The
selected mode will be indicated.
6-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Radio
Band selector buttons
Satellite button*
Scan button
Seek tuning
button
Auto memory
button/Electric
serial number
button*
Channel preset buttons
Manual tuning dial
*For reception of optional SIRIUS digital satellite radio.
Used on vehicles equipped with the separately sold SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit.
For information on use, read the manual accompanying the SIRIUS unit.
Subscription of SIRIUS digital satellite radio service is available in the U.S. (Except Alaska and Hawaii).
Radio ON
Tuning
Press a band selector button (
to turn the radio on.
,
)
The radio has the following tuning
methods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Preset
channel, and Auto memory tuning. The
easiest way to tune stations is to set them
on preset channels.
Band selection
Choose AM by pressing the AM button
) and FM by pressing the FM1/2
button ( ).
(
NOTE
The selected mode will be indicated. If
FM stereo is being received, “ST” will be
displayed.
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse
blows or the battery is disconnected),
the preset channels will be canceled.
NOTE
Manual tuning
Turning the manual tuning dial will
change the frequency higher or lower.
If the FM broadcast signal becomes
weak, reception automatically changes
from STEREO to MONO for reduced
noise, and the “ST” indicator will go
out.
6-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Seek tuning
Auto memory tuning
Pressing the seek tuning button (
will cause the tuner to seek a higher or
lower frequency automatically.
,
)
This is especially useful when driving in
an area where the local stations are not
known. Additional AM/FM stations can
be stored without disturbing the
previously set channels.
NOTE
If you continue to press and hold the
button, the frequency will continue
changing without stopping.
Press and hold the auto memory button
(
) for about 2 seconds until a beep
is heard; the system will automatically
scan and temporarily store up to 6 stations
with the strongest frequencies in each
selected band in that area.
Scan tuning
Press the scan button (
) to
automatically sample strong stations.
Scanning stops at each station for about 5
seconds. To hold a station, press the scan
After scanning is completed, the station
with the strongest frequency will be tuned
and its frequency displayed.
button (
) again during this interval.
Press and release the auto memory button
(
) to recall stations from the auto-
Preset channel tuning
stored stations. One stored station will be
selected each time; its frequency and
channel number will be displayed.
The 6 preset channels can be used to store
6 AM and 12 FM stations.
1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,
or FM2. Tune to the desired station.
NOTE
2. Depress a channel preset button for
about 2 seconds until a beep is heard.
The preset channel number and station
frequency will be displayed. The
If no stations can be tuned after
scanning operations, “A” will be
displayed.
station is now held in the memory.
3. Repeat this operation for the other
stations and bands you want to store.
To tune one in the memory, select AM,
FM1, or FM2 and then press its
channel preset button. The station
frequency and the channel number will
be displayed.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse
blows or the battery is disconnected),
the preset channels will be canceled.
6-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Cassette Tape Playerí
Cassette tape play button
Fast-forward button
APC button:
(next program)
(one being
played)
Rewind
button
Cassette tape eject button
Repeat button
Program button
Dolby NR button
Cassette tape insert
Dolby noise reduction
Insert the cassette tape into the slot, open
edge to the right and cassette tape will
begin play, and “TAPE PLAY” will be
displayed. At the end of the cassette tape,
the unit automatically reverses cassette
When using a tape with Dolby NR*, push
the Dolby NR button ( ). The
symbol will be displayed. To play a tape
without Dolby NR, push the button once
again.
tape play. When
is lit, the cassette
tape's top side is playing. When
the bottom side is on.
is lit,
* Noise reduction system manufactured
under license from Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
Dolby and the double-D symbol
are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
Playing
Press the cassette tape play button
(
) to start play when a cassette
tape is in the unit. If there isn't a cassette
tape in the unit when the cassette tape
Ejecting the cassette tape
play button (
“NO TAPE” will flash on and off.
) is pressed,
Press the cassette tape eject button ( ) to
eject the cassette tape.
6-30
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
NOTE
The cassette tape can be ejected when
the ignition switch is in the OFF
position.
APC may not operate properly if:
l
A tape was recorded at a low level.
l
A tape has long, silent intervals.
l
Fast-forward/Rewind
A tape is a live recording.
Press the fast-forward button (
fast-forward.
) to
l
A tape has very short intervals of
less than 3 seconds.
Press the rewind button (
) to rewind.
To stop this operation and play the
cassette tape, press the button again.
Repeat play
This operation makes it possible to listen
to a selection repeatedly.
NOTE
Press the repeat button (
The current selection playing will be
repeated (“RPT” will be displayed).
Press the repeat button (
to cancel repeat play.
) during play.
When the cassette tape ends during fast-
forward or rewind, it automatically
stops and starts playing.
) once again
Reversing
Press the program button (
change cassette tape-play direction.
) to
NOTE
RPT may not operate properly if:
NOTE
l
A tape was recorded at a low level.
l
When the cassette tape ends, the unit
automatically reverses play.
A tape has long, silent intervals.
l
A tape is a live recording.
l
A tape has very short intervals of
less than 3 seconds.
Automatic program control (APC)
APC is used to find the beginning of
either the next program or the one being
played.
Press the APC button ( ) to the
beginning of the next selection.
Press the APC button ( ) to the
beginning of the one being played. To
stop this operation and play the cassette
tape, press the button again.
6-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Mini Disc (MD) Playerí
MD play button
Fast-forward button
Track up
button
Scan
button
Display
button
Track down
button
Reverse
button
MD slot
Repeat button
MD eject button
Display feed dial
Random button
Inserting the MD
Fast-forward/Reverse
Press and hold the fast-forward button
) to advance through a track at high
Insert the MD, label-side up with the
arrow pointed to the slot. The auto-
loading mechanism will set the MD and
begin play. There will be a short lapse
before play begins while the player reads
the digital signals on the MD.
(
speed.
Press and hold the reverse button (
)
to reverse through a track at high speed.
Track search
Playing
Press the track up button ( ) once to
skip forward to the beginning of the next
track.
Press the MD play button (
start play when a MD is in the unit.
) to
If there isn't a MD in the unit when the
MD play button ( ) is pressed,
“NO DISC” will flash on and off.
Press the track down button ( ) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
Ejecting the MD
Music scan
Press the MD eject button ( ) to eject the
MD.
This feature helps to find a program by
playing about the first 10 seconds of each
track.
6-32
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Press the scan button (
to start scan play operation (the track
number will flash).
) during play
NOTE
If there is no song or disc title recorded
on the MD, “NO TITLE” will be
displayed.
Press the scan button (
to cancel scan play.
) once again
NOTE
Long disc or song titles
When long disc or song titles cannot be
completely displayed, rotate the display
If the unit is left in scan, normal play
will resume where scan was selected.
feed dial (
) to the right.
The remainder of the title will proceed
and appear on the display to the end of the
title.
Repeat play
This feature makes it possible to listen to
a selection repeatedly.
Press the repeat button (
) during play.
The current selection will be repeated
(“RPT” will be displayed).
Press the repeat button (
to cancel repeat play.
) once again
Random play
This feature allows the MD player to
randomly select the order of the songs.
Press the random button (
) during
play. The next selection will be randomly
selected (“RDM” will be displayed).
Press the random button (
) once
again to cancel random play.
Changing the display
To change the display during MD play,
press the display button ( ) to advance
through each of the following displays:
Track number/
Elapsed play
back time
Song title
Disc title
6-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Playerí
Fast-forward button
CD play button CD eject button
CD slot
Track up
button
Scan
button
Reverse
button
Track down
button
Repeat button
Random button
Inserting the CD
Fast-forward/Reverse
Press and hold the fast-forward button
) to advance through a track at high
Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.
The auto-loading mechanism will set the
CD and begin play. There will be a short
lapse before play begins while the player
reads the digital signals on the CD.
(
speed.
Press and hold the reverse button (
)
to reverse through a track at high speed.
Playing
Track search
Press the CD play button ( ) to start
play when a CD is in the unit.
If there isn't a CD in the unit when the CD
play button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”
will flash on and off.
Press the track up button ( ) once to
skip forward to the beginning of the next
track.
Press the track down button ( ) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
Ejecting the CD
Music scan
Press the CD eject button ( ) to eject the
CD.
This feature helps to find a program by
playing about the first 10 seconds of each
track.
6-34
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Press the scan button (
) during play
to start scan play operation (the track
number will flash).
Press the scan button (
to cancel scan play.
) once again
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal play
will resume where scan was selected.
Repeat play
This feature makes it possible to listen to
a selection repeatedly.
Press the repeat button (
) during play.
The current selection will be repeated
(“RPT” will be displayed).
Press the repeat button (
to cancel repeat play.
) once again
Random play
This feature allows the CD player to
randomly select the order of the songs.
Press the random button (
) during
play. The next selection will be randomly
selected (“RDM” will be displayed).
Press the random button (
) once
again to cancel random play.
6-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the In-Dash CD Changerí
Channel preset buttons
Load button CD slot
CD play button
CD eject button
Track up
button
Scan
button
Track down
button
Disc down
button
Fast-forward
button
Repeat button
Reverse button
Disc up button
Random button
Inserting the CD
Normal insertion
1. Press the load button (
The CD must be label-side up when
inserting. The auto-loading mechanism
will set the CD and begin play. There will
be a short lapse before play begins while
the player reads the digital signals on the
CD.
).
2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
Inserting CDs into desired tray number
1. Press and hold the load button (
for about 2 seconds until a beep is
heard.
)
The disc number and the track number
will be displayed.
2. Press the channel preset button for the
desired tray number within 3 seconds
after the beep is heard.
NOTE
A CD cannot be inserted while the
display reads “WAIT”. A beeping
sound can be heard during this waiting
time. Simultaneously pressing the
power/volume dial and the load button
3. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
NOTE
The CD cannot be inserted to the
desired tray number if the number is
already occupied.
(
) for about 2 seconds will turn
this beeping sound ON or OFF.
6-36
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Multiple insertion
3. Pull out the CD.
1. Press and hold the load button (
for about 2 seconds until a beep is
heard.
)
Multiple ejection
1. Press and hold the CD eject button (
for about 2 seconds until a beep is
heard.
)
2. Wait 3 seconds or press the load button
) again within 3 seconds after the
(
2. Wait 3 seconds or press the CD eject
button ( ) again within 3 seconds
after the beep is heard.
beep is heard.
3. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
4. When “IN” is displayed again, insert
the next CD.
3. Pull out the CD, then the next CD will
be ejected.
NOTE
NOTE
l
The first-inserted CD will be played
automatically when:
CDs will be ejected starting with the
one with the lowest number.
l
l
No other CD is inserted within 15
All CDs in the tray will be ejected
seconds after “IN” is displayed.
continuously.
l
l
The CD trays are full.
CDs can be ejected when the ignition
switch is off. Press and hold the CD
eject button ( ) for about 2 seconds
and all CDs will eject.
Ejecting the CD
Normal ejection
Playing
1. Press the CD eject button ( ). The
disc number and “DISC OUT” will be
displayed.
Press the CD play button ( ) to start
play when a CD is in the unit.
If there isn't a CD in the unit when the CD
play button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”
will flash on and off.
2. Pull out the CD.
NOTE
Fast-forward/Reverse
When the CD is ejected during play, the
next CD will be played automatically.
Press and hold the fast-forward button
(
) to advance through a track at high
speed.
Ejecting CDs from desired tray number
Press and hold the reverse button (
)
to reverse through a track at high speed.
1. Press and hold the CD eject button (
for about 2 seconds until a beep is
heard.
)
Track search
Press the track up button ( ) once to
skip forward to the beginning of the next
track.
2. Press the channel preset button for the
desired CD number within 3 seconds
after the beep is heard.
6-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Press the track down button ( ) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
Press the random button (
again to cancel random play.
) once
Disc search
Press the disc up button (
forward to the beginning of the next CD.
Press the disc down button ( ) to
) to skip
skip back to the beginning of the previous
CD.
Music scan
This feature helps to find a program by
playing about the first 10 seconds of each
track.
Press the scan button (
) during play
to start scan play operation (the track
number will flash).
Press the scan button (
to cancel scan play.
) once again
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal play
will resume where scan was selected.
Repeat play
This feature makes it possible to listen to
a selection repeatedly.
Press the repeat button (
) during play.
The current selection will be repeated
(“RPT” will be displayed).
Press the repeat button (
to cancel repeat play.
) once again
Random play
This feature allows the CD player to
randomly select the order of the songs.
Press the random button (
) during
play. The next selection will be randomly
selected (“RDM” will be displayed).
6-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qError Indications
If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clear
the error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Indication
Cause
Solution
Insert the MD properly. If the error indication does not
disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
MD is inserted upside down
CHECK MD
Insert another MD properly. If the error indication does not
disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
MD is defective
Insert the CD properly. If the error indication does not disappear,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CD is inserted upside down
CD is defective
CHECK CD
Insert another CD properly. If the error indication does not
disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
6-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qChanging the Source
Audio Control Switch
Operation (Steering
Wheel)í
Press the mode switch (
) to change
the audio source (FM1 radio> FM2 radio>
AM radio> CD player or CD changer>
Cassette tape player or MD player>
SIRIUS1> SIRIUS2> SIRIUS3>
cyclical).
NOTE
Mazda installed this system to help you
avoid being too distracted using audio
controls on the dashboard. Always
make safe driving your first priority.
NOTE
Cassette tape, MD, CD, CD changer
and SIRIUS digital satellite radio
modes cannot be selected in the
following cases:
qAdjusting the Volume
To increase the volume, press volume
button ( ).
l
A cassette deck, MD, CD, CD
changer, or SIRIUS digital satellite
radio unit is not equipped on the
audio system.
To decrease the volume, press volume
button ( ).
l
A cassette tape, MD or CD has not
been inserted.
6-40
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qSeek Switch
qMute Switch
Press the mute switch ( ) once to mute
audio, press it again to resume audio
output.
When listening to the radio
Press the seek switch (
,
), the radio
switches to the next/previous stored
station in the order that it was stored
(1―6).
Press the seek switch (
,
) for about 2
seconds until a beep is heard to seek a
higher or lower frequency automatically.
When playing a cassette tape
Press the seek switch ( ), release, and it
will advance to the next selection.
Press the seek switch ( ), release, and it
will repeat the selection being played.
When playing a CD or MD
Press the seek switch ( ) to skip to the
next track.
Press the seek switch ( ) to repeat the
current track.
6-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Safety Certification
This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCC
requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services.
CAUTION
l
This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified service
personnel.
If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those
specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CD player
with the top case of the unit removed.
l
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
NOTE
For CD player section:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
NOTE
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital
device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation.
6-42
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Sunvisors
Interior Lights
When you need a sunvisor, lower it for
use in front or swing it to the side.
qIlluminated Entry System
When the illuminated entry system
operates, the overhead light (switch is in
the DOOR position) and the courtesy
lights turn on for:
Sunvisor
l
About 30 seconds after the driver's
door is unlocked and the ignition key is
removed.
l
About 15 seconds after all doors are
closed.
l
About 15 seconds after the key is
removed from the ignition with all
doors closed.
qVanity Mirrors
The light also turns off when:
To use the vanity mirror, lower the
sunvisor.
l
The ignition switch is turned to the ON
The vanity mirror light will illuminate
when you open the cover.
position and all doors are closed.
l
The driver's door is locked.
NOTE
If any door is left opened, the light goes
out after about 5 minutes.
The light turns on again when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, or when any door is opened
after all doors have been closed.
6-43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Rear
qOverhead Lights
Front
With moonroof
Switch
Position
Rear Overhead Lights
Light off
l
Light on when any door is open
Without moonroof
l
Light on or off when the
illuminated entry system is on
qMap Lights
The map lights are switched on or off by
pressing the switches.
Front
With moonroof
Switch
Position
Front Overhead Lights
Light off
l
Light on when any door is open
l
Light on or off when the
illuminated entry system is on
6-44
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Without moonroof
Switch
Position
Luggage Compartment Light
Light off
Light on when the hatch is open
Sport Wagon
Rear
Switch
Position
Luggage Compartment Light
Light off
Light on when the liftgate is open
qCourtesy Lights
Turns on when any door is open or the
illuminated entry system is on.
qLuggage Compartment Light
5-Door
Courtesy light
6-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Information Display
CLOCK button
AMB button
SET button
qInformation Display Functions
The information display has the following functions:
l
Clock
l
Ambient Temperature Display (Outside Temperature Display)
l
Climate Control Display
l
Audio Display
6-46
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
12:01―12:29→12:00
12:30―12:59→1:00
qClock
When the ignition switch is in the ACC or
ON position, the time is displayed.
NOTE
When the SET button is released, the
seconds are reset to “00”.
qAmbient Temperature Display
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, press the AMB button to display
the ambient temperature.
Time setting
1. Press the CLOCK button until a beep
sounds, and “12Hr” and “24Hr” will be
displayed.
2. Press the SET button to switch between
“12Hr” and “24Hr” displays. The
selected display will flash.
To select the desired clock setting,
press the CLOCK button again while
the preferred setting is flashing.
NOTE
3. “Hr. ADJUST” will be displayed next,
and the hour portion of the display will
flash. Press the SET button to set the
hour, then press the CLOCK button.
l
The displayed ambient temperature
may vary from the actual ambient
temperature depending on the
surrounding area and vehicle
conditions.
4. “Min. ADJUST” will be displayed
next, and the minutes portion of the
display will flash. Press the SET button
to set the minutes, then press the
CLOCK button.
l
Press the AMB button 2 seconds or
more to switch the display from
Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice
versa.
Time resetting
l
(With fully automatic climate
control system)
While the clock is displayed, press the
SET button 1.5 seconds or more. When
the button is released, a beep will sound
and the clock will be reset as follows:
(Example)
Press the AMB button again to
switch the display from ambient
temperature to the temperature set
for the air conditioner.
6-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qClimate Control Display
Lighter
The climate control system status is
displayed. To operate the climate control
system, refer to “Climate Control System”
(page 6-2).
The ignition switch must be in the ACC
or ON position.
1. Open the cover.
qAudio Display
The audio system status is displayed. To
operate the audio system, refer to
“Audio System” (page 6-16).
2. Press the lighter in and release it. When
ready for use, it automatically pops out.
6-48
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Ashtray
CAUTION
l
l
l
Don't touch the metal part of the
lighter, you may burn yourself.
CAUTION
Don't use the ashtray for trash. You
might start a fire.
Don't hold the lighter in because it
will overheat.
Don't use the lighter socket for plug-
in accessories such as shavers and
coffee pots. They may damage it or
cause electrical failure. Use only a
genuine Mazda lighter or the
equivalent.
To use, open the cover.
l
If the lighter doesn't pop out within
30 seconds, remove it to prevent
overheating.
To remove, open the cover and pull up the
ashtray.
6-49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qFront
Cup Holder
To use the cup holder, open the center
console by pressing the lower center part
of its cover.
WARNING
Using Cup Holder:
Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids
while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. If the contents spill, you
could be scalded. Never use a cup
holder to hold hot liquids while the
vehicle is moving.
Don't Put Anything Other Than Cups
or Drink cans in Cup Holder:
Putting objects other than cups or
drink cans in a cup holder is
dangerous.
qRear
During sudden braking or
maneuvering, occupants could be hit
and injured, or objects could be
thrown around the vehicle, causing
interference with the driver and the
possibility of an accident. Only use a
cup holder for cups or drink cans.
The rear cup holder is on the rear center
armrest.
CAUTION
To reduce the possibility of injury in an
accident or a sudden stop, keep cup
holders closed when not in use.
6-50
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Bottle Holder
Storage Compartments
Bottle holders are on the inside of the
front doors.
WARNING
Open Storage Boxes:
Driving with the storage boxes open is
dangerous. To reduce the possibility of
injury in an accident or a sudden stop,
keep the storage boxes closed when
driving.
CAUTION
Bottle holder
Don't leave eyeglasses or lighters in the
storage boxes while parked under the
sun. A lighter could explode or the
plastic material in eyeglasses could
deform and crack from high
CAUTION
Don't use the bottle holders for
containers without caps. The contents
may spill when the door is opened or
closed.
temperature.
qOverhead Console
This console box is designed to store
eyeglasses or other accessories.
Push and release to open.
6-51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qStorage Pocket
qGlove Box
To open, push the release catch down and
pull the lid downward.
To open the glove box, pull the latch
toward you.
Insert the master key and turn it clockwise
to lock, counterclockwise to unlock.
Unlock
Lock
qCenter Box with Lid
To use, pull the knob, and the lid opens
automatically.
qCenter Console
To open, pull the lower release catch.
Knob
6-52
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Small items can be placed in the tray of
the center console lid.
Luggage compartment, left side
To open it, pull the upper release catch.
Knob
qCargo Securing Loops (5-Door/
Sport Wagon)
qStorage Box (5-Door/Sport
Wagon)
WARNING
To open, turn the knobs and remove the
cover.
Luggage compartment, right side
Not Securing Luggage and Cargo:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be
crushed during sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury. Make sure
luggage and cargo is secured before
driving.
Use the loops in the luggage compartment
to secure cargo with a rope or net. The
tensile strength of the loops is 196 N (20
kgf, 44 lbf). Do not apply excessive force
to the loops as it will damage them.
Knob
6-53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
5-Door
qCargo Sub-Compartment (Sport
Wagon)
To use the cargo sub-compartment,
remove trunk board A and open trunk
board B.
Trunk board B
Trunk
board A
Sport Wagon
Cargo sub-
compartment
6-54
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
(Vehicles with tray cap)
When placing an electrical device (e.g.
Accessory Socket
cellular phone) in the tray which is
connected with the accessory socket, pass
the plug cord through the slot in the cap.
The ignition switch must be in the ACC
or ON position.
Only use genuine Mazda accessories or
the equivalent requiring no greater than
120 W (DC12 V, 10 A).
Cap slot, closed
Cap slot, opened
1. Open the lid by pulling the upper
release catch.
2. Remove the tray mat.
CAUTION
3. Using a coin, turn the cap
To prevent accessory socket damage or
electrical failure, pay attention to the
following:
counterclockwise (about 45° from the
closed position) and remove it.
l
Don't use accessories that require
more than 120 W (DC12 V, 10 A).
l
Don't use accessories that are not
genuine Mazda accessories or the
equivalent.
l
Close the cover when the accessory
socket is not in use.
l
Correctly insert the plug into the
accessory socket.
4. Open the tray by pulling the lower
release catch.
NOTE
To prevent discharging the battery, don't
use the socket for long periods with the
engine off or idling.
6-55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
5. Pass the plug cord through the hole of
the tray and insert the plug in the
socket.
7. Set the plug cord into the slit of the tray
mat and replace the tray mat.
Plug
6. Make sure the plug cord is running
through the cap slot; reinstall the cap
and turn it clockwise (about 45° to the
opened position).
Plug cord
6-56
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
7
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.
Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2
Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2
Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3
Spare Tire and Tool Storage ...................................................... 7-3
Changing a Flat Tire ................................................................. 7-8
Overheating ................................................................................. 7-14
Overheating ............................................................................. 7-14
Emergency Starting .................................................................... 7-16
Starting a Flooded Engine ....................................................... 7-16
Jump-Starting .......................................................................... 7-17
Push-Starting ........................................................................... 7-19
Emergency Towing ..................................................................... 7-20
Towing Description ................................................................. 7-20
Recreational Towing ............................................................... 7-21
7-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
four turn signals will flash.
NOTE
l
The turn signals don't work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
l
Check local regulations about the use
of hazard warning lights while the
vehicle is being towed. They may
forbid it.
7-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
Spare Tire and Tool Storage
Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.
Sedan/5-Door
Spare tire
Jack
With sub-woofer
Lug wrench
Tire hold-down bolt
(Gold)
Sport Wagon
Lug wrench
Jack
Spare tire
With sub-woofer
Tire hold-down bolt
(Gold)
7-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
(5-Door/Sport Wagon)
qJack
1. Turn the knob and remove the cover.
To remove the jack
(Sedan)
1. Remove the jack container lid.
2. Remove the jack container lid.
2. Turn the wing bolt counterclockwise.
3. Turn the wing bolt counterclockwise.
To secure the jack
Perform the removal procedure in reverse.
7-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qSpare Tire
CAUTION
Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire.
The temporary spare is lighter and smaller
than a conventional tire, and is designed
only for emergency use and should be
used only for VERY short periods.
To avoid damage to the temporary
spare or to the vehicle, observe the
following precautions:
l
Don't exceed 80 km/h (50 mph).
Temporary spares should NEVER be used
for long drives or extended periods.
l
Avoid driving over obstacles. Also,
don't drive through an automatic car
wash. This tire's diameter is smaller
than a conventional tire, so the
ground clearance is reduced about 43
mm (1.7 in).
WARNING
Driving with a Temporary Spare Tire
on Ice or Snow:
l
Do not use tire chains on any type of
Driving with a spare tire on the front
(driving) wheels on ice or snow is
dangerous. Handling will be affected.
You could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident. Put the spare
tire on the rear axle and move a
regular tire to the front.
tire, including the spare tire.
l
Don't use your temporary spare on
any other vehicle, it has been
designed only for your Mazda.
l
Use only one temporary spare tire on
your vehicle at the same time.
To remove the spare tire
(Sedan)
1. Remove the trunk board.
7-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
2. Turn the tire wing bolt
counterclockwise.
2. Remove the trunk board.
3. For vehicles equipped with a sub-
woofer, loosen the wing bolt and
remove the woofer and spare tire.
(5-Door)
1. For vehicles equipped with a sub-
woofer, uncouple the connector.
Wing bolt
Lock washer
(Black)
Sub-woofer
Connector
For vehicles not equipped with a sub-
woofer, loosen the hold-down bolt and
remove the spare tire.
NOTE
Extra strength may be required to
uncouple the connector. Be sure to
squeeze the tab firmly.
If uncoupling is very difficult, remove
the wiring from the groove in the trunk
board. Then, pull the driver's side of the
trunk board up to remove the spare tire.
7-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
(Sport Wagon)
3. For vehicles equipped with a sub-
woofer, loosen the wing bolt and
remove the woofer and spare tire.
1. Remove trunk board A and open trunk
board B.
Wing bolt
Lock washer
(Black)
Trunk board B
Sub-woofer
Trunk board A
For vehicles not equipped with a sub-
woofer, loosen the hold-down bolt and
remove the spare tire.
2. For vehicles equipped with a cargo
sub-compartment, remove the cargo
sub-compartment.
NOTE
For vehicles equipped with a sub-
woofer, put the sub-woofer on the left
side of the luggage compartment when
removing the spare tire.
To secure the spare tire
Perform the removal procedure in reverse.
7-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-
way and firmly set the parking brake.
Changing a Flat Tire
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transaxle in Park (P), a manual
transaxle in Reverse (R) or 1, and turn
off the engine.
NOTE
If the following occurs while driving, it
could indicate a flat tire.
l
Steering becomes difficult.
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.
l
The vehicle begins to vibrate
excessively.
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
and away from the vehicle and traffic.
l
The vehicle pulls in one direction.
5. Remove the jack, tool, and spare tire
(page 7-3).
If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to a
level spot that is well off the road and out
of the way of traffic to change the tire.
Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a
busy road is dangerous.
6. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the flat tire. When blocking a wheel,
place a block both in front and behind
the tire.
WARNING
Jacking a Vehicle:
Changing a tire is dangerous if not
done properly. The vehicle can slip off
the jack and seriously injure someone.
Be sure to follow the directions for
changing a tire, and never get under a
vehicle that is supported only by a
jack.
NOTE
Passenger in Vehicle Supported by a
Jack:
When blocking a tire, use rocks or
wood blocks of sufficient size to hold
the tire in place.
Allowing someone to remain in a
vehicle supported by a jack is
dangerous. The occupant could cause
the vehicle to fall resulting in serious
injury. Never allow anyone inside a
vehicle supported by a jack.
NOTE
Make sure the jack is well lubricated
before using it.
7-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
2. Loosen the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise one turn each, but
don't remove any lug nuts until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
qRemoving a Flat Tire
1. If your vehicle is equipped with a
wheel cover, pry off the wheel cover
with the beveled end of the lug wrench.
3. Place the jack under the jacking
position closest to the tire being
changed.
NOTE
Force the end of the lug wrench firmly
between wheel and cover, or removal
will be difficult.
CAUTION
Align the notch on the wheel cover
with the valve stem when installing it.
Jacking position
Notch
Tire valve
Damage could occur during installation
if the wheel cover is not properly
aligned.
7-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
5. Turn the lug wrench clockwise and
raise the vehicle high enough so that
the spare tire can be installed. Before
removing the lug nuts, make sure your
Mazda is firmly in position and that it
cannot slip or move.
WARNING
Incorrect Jacking Position:
Attempting to jack the vehicle in
positions other than those
recommended in this manual is
dangerous. The vehicle could slip off
the jack and seriously injure or even
kill someone. Use only the front and
rear jacking positions recommended
in this manual.
Improper Jack:
Using a jack that isn't designed for
your Mazda is dangerous. The vehicle
could slip off the jack and seriously
injure someone. Use only the jack
provided with your Mazda.
6. Remove the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise; then remove the
wheel.
Placing Objects Under the Jack:
Jacking the vehicle with an object
under the jack is dangerous. The jack
could slip and someone could be
seriously injured by the jack or the
falling vehicle. Never place objects
under the jack.
4. Insert the lug wrench into the jack.
7-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qLocking Lug Nutsí
qMounting the Spare Tire
If your vehicle has optional antitheft
wheel lug nuts, one on each wheel will
lock the tires and you must use a special
key to unlock them. This key is attached
to the lug wrench and is stored with the
spare tire. Register them with the lock
manufacturer by filling out the card
provided in the glove box and mailing it
in the accompanying envelope. If you lose
your key, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer or use the lock manufacturer's
order form, which is with the registration
card.
1. Remove dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel and
hub, including the hub bolts, with a
cloth.
Antitheft lug nut
Special key
WARNING
Removing Dirt and Grime from
Wheels, Hubs and Hub Bolts:
When changing or replacing a tire,
not removing dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel, hub
and hub bolts is dangerous. The lug
nuts could loosen while driving and
cause the tire to come off, resulting in
an accident. Make sure the mounting
surfaces of the wheel, hub and lug
nuts are clean before changing or
replacing tires.
To remove an antitheft lug nut
1. Get the key for the locking lug nut.
2. Place it on top of the nut, and be sure
to hold the key square to it. If you hold
the key at an angle, you may damage
both key and nut. Don't use a power
impact wrench.
2. Mount the spare tire.
3. Place the lug wrench on top of the key
and apply pressure. Turn the wrench
counterclockwise.
To replace the nut
1. Place the key on top of the nut.
2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,
apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.
íSome models.
7-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
3. Install the lug nuts with the beveled
edge inward; tighten them by hand.
4. Turn the lug wrench counterclockwise
and lower the vehicle. Use the lug
wrench to tighten the nuts in the order
shown.
WARNING
If you're unsure of how tight the nuts
should be, have them inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Don't Apply Oil or Grease to Lug
Nuts, Bolts:
Nut tightening torque
Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and
bolts is dangerous. The lug nuts could
loosen while driving and cause the tire
to come off, resulting in an accident.
In addition, lug nuts and bolts could
be damaged if tightened more than
necessary. Do not apply oil or grease
to lug nuts and bolts and do not
tighten the lug nuts beyond the
recommended tightening torque.
88―118
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)
(9―12, 65―87)
WARNING
Loose Lug Nuts:
Improperly or loosely tightened lug
nuts are dangerous. The wheel could
wobble or come off. This could result
in loss of vehicle control and cause a
serious accident. Always securely and
correctly tighten the lug nuts.
7-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
With sub-woofer
WARNING
Tire hold-down
bolt (Gold)
Lock washer
Metric Studs and Lug Nuts:
Because the wheel studs and lug nuts
on your Mazda have metric threads,
using a non-metric nut is dangerous.
On a metric stud, it would not secure
the wheel and would damage the stud,
which could cause the wheel to slip off
and cause an accident. Be sure to
reinstall the same nuts you removed or
replace them with metric nuts of the
same configuration.
Sub-woofer
NOTE
Incorrect Tire Air Pressure:
(5-Door with sub-woofer)
Driving on tires with incorrect air
pressure is dangerous. Tires with
incorrect pressure could affect
handling and result in an accident.
Don't drive with any tires that have
incorrect air pressure. When you
check the regular tires' air pressure,
check the spare tire, too.
When storing a damaged conventional
tire in the luggage compartment, the
sub-woofer can be stored in its original
position, however, the sub-woofer
connector on the trunk board cannot be
connected.
NOTE
5. Store the damaged tire, using the tire
hold-down bolt to hold it in place.
Have the damaged tire repaired as soon
as possible.
To prevent the jack and tool from
rattling, store them properly.
Without sub-woofer
Tire clamp
Tire hold-down bolt
7-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating:
Overheating
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating, the vehicle loses power, or
you hear a loud knocking or pinging
noise, the engine is probably too hot.
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and
park off the right-of-way.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transaxle in park (P), a manual
transaxle in neutral.
WARNING
Apply the parking brake.
3. Turn off the air conditioner.
4. Check whether coolant or steam is
escaping from under the hood or from
the engine compartment.
Cooling Fan and Engine
Inspection:
Inspecting the engine with the ignition
switch in the ON position is
dangerous. The cooling fan could turn
on unexpectedly even when the engine
isn't running. You could be seriously
injured by the fan. Turn the ignition
switch off and remove the key from the
ignition switch when you inspect the
engine.
If steam is coming from the engine
compartment:
Don't go near the front of the vehicle.
Stop the engine.
Wait until the steam dissipates, then
open the hood and start the engine.
If neither coolant nor steam is
escaping:
Open the hood and idle the engine until
it cools.
Cooling System Caps:
When the engine and radiator are hot,
scalding coolant and steam may shoot
out under pressure and cause serious
injury. Don't remove either cooling
system cap when the engine and
radiator are hot.
CAUTION
If the cooling fan does not operate
while the engine is running, the engine
temperature will increase. Stop the
engine and call an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Steam from Overheated Engine:
Steam from an overheated engine is
dangerous. The escaping steam could
seriously burn you. Open the hood
ONLY after steam is no longer
escaping from the engine.
5. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,
then turn off the engine after the
temperature has decreased.
6. When cool, check the coolant level.
If it's low, look for coolant leaks from
the radiator and hoses.
7-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
If you find a leak or other damage, or if
coolant is still leaking:
Stop the engine and call an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
2.3-liter engine
Cooling system cap
Coolant reservoir
3.0-liter engine
Coolant reservoir
Cooling
system cap
If you find no problems, the engine is
cool, and no leaks are obvious:
Carefully add coolant as required (page
8-13).
CAUTION
If the engine continues to overheat or
frequently overheats, have the cooling
system inspected. The engine could be
seriously damaged unless repairs are
made. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
7-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Starting a Flooded Engine
If the engine fails to start, it may be
flooded (excessive fuel in the engine).
Follow this procedure:
1. Depress the accelerator all the way and
hold it there.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position and hold it there―for up to 10
seconds. If the engine starts, release the
key and accelerator immediately
because the engine will suddenly rev
up.
3. If the engine fails to start, crank it
without depressing the accelerator―for
up to 10 seconds.
7-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Jump-Starting
Jump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If you
feel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent service
technician do the work.
WARNING
Eye Protection:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC
ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas
produced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to
explode. Always wear eye protection when working near the battery.
Spilled Battery Fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets
in eyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for
15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention. Wear eye
protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid.
Children and Batteries:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin. Always keep batteries out of the
reach of children.
Keep Flames Away:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames including
cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells. When working near a battery, do
not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the
battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle body.
Battery-Related Explosion:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames, including
cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells.
7-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
WARNING
Low Fluid Level or Frozen Battery:
Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It may
rupture or explode, causing serious injury.
Don't jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level.
Connecting to Negative Terminal:
Connecting the end of the second cable to the negative ( ) terminal of the discharged
battery is dangerous.
A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.
Connect the cable to a point away from the battery.
Connecting Jumper Cable to Moving Parts:
Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.
The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury. Never
connect a jumper cable to or near any part that moves.
CAUTION
Use only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, and
other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries in
series or a 24 V motor generator set).
l
1. Make sure the booster battery is 12 V
and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
Connect one end of the other cable
to the negative terminal of the
booster battery (3).
2. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, don't allow the vehicles to
touch. Turn off the engine of the
vehicle with the booster battery and all
unnecessary electrical loads in both
vehicles.
3. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence as in the illustration.
l
Connect one end of a cable to the
positive terminal on the discharged
battery (1).
l
Attach the other end to the positive
terminal on the booster battery (2).
7-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
l
Connect the other end to a solid,
stationary, exposed metallic point
(for example, the strut mounting
bolt) away from the discharged
battery (4).
Push-Starting
WARNING
Towing a Vehicle to Start It:
Towing a vehicle to start it is
Jumper cables
dangerous. The vehicle being towed
could surge forward when its engine
starts, causing the two vehicles to
collide. The occupants could be
injured. Never tow a vehicle to start it.
Connect cables in
numerical order and
disconnect in reverse
order.
You can't start a vehicle with an automatic
transaxle by pushing it.
Discharged Booster battery
battery
CAUTION
4. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and run it a few minutes. Then start the
engine of the other vehicle.
You shouldn't push-start a vehicle that
has a manual transaxle. It can damage
the emission control system.
5. When finished, carefully disconnect the
cables in the reverse order described in
Step 3.
7-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
Towing Description
CAUTION
We recommend that towing be done only
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
Don't tow the vehicle pointed backward
with driving wheels on the ground. This
may cause internal damage to the
transaxle.
Proper lifting and towing are necessary to
prevent damage to the vehicle.
Government and local laws must be
followed.
A towed vehicle usually should have its
front wheels off the ground. If excessive
damage or other conditions prevent this,
use wheel dollies.
CAUTION
Don't tow with sling-type equipment.
This could damage your vehicle. Use
wheel-lift or flatbed equipment.
Wheel dollies
When towing with the rear wheels on the
ground, release the parking brake.
7-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
Recreational Towing
CAUTION
An example of “recreational towing” is
towing your vehicle behind a motorhome.
The transaxle is not designed for towing
this vehicle on all 4 wheels.
When doing recreational towing refer to
“Towing Description” (page 7-20) and
carefully follow the instructions.
Do not use the hooks under the rear
bumper for towing and tying down, as
they cannot hold the load and it will
damage the bumper.
Hooks
7-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
8
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2
Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2
Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-3
Scheduled Maintenance ............................................................ 8-3
Owner Maintenance ..................................................................... 8-7
Owner Maintenance Schedule .................................................. 8-7
Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................... 8-8
Engine Compartment Overview ................................................ 8-9
Engine Oil ............................................................................... 8-10
Engine Coolant ....................................................................... 8-13
Brake/Clutch Fluid .................................................................. 8-16
Power Steering Fluid ............................................................... 8-17
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) ........................................... 8-18
Washer Fluid ........................................................................... 8-20
Body Lubrication .................................................................... 8-21
Air Filter .................................................................................. 8-21
Wiper Blades ........................................................................... 8-23
Battery ..................................................................................... 8-28
Tires ........................................................................................ 8-29
Light Bulbs ............................................................................. 8-33
Fuses ....................................................................................... 8-42
Appearance Care ........................................................................ 8-47
How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage .................... 8-47
Exterior Care ........................................................................... 8-49
Interior Care ............................................................................ 8-52
8-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Introduction
Introduction
Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle
when using this manual for inspection and maintenance.
If you're unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliable
and qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.
Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your
Mazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. This
could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.
For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as
prescribed.
Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defective
materials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.
Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment may
perform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.
8-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
apply.
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).
l
Repeated short-distance driving
l
Driving in dusty conditions
l
Driving with extended use of brakes
l
Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used
l
Driving on rough or muddy roads
l
Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
l
Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
NOTE
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the
recommended intervals.
8-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 1
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
6
12
24
15
18
36
24
48
30
30
60
36
72
45
42
84
48
96
60
Maintenance Interval
×1000 km
12
7.5
×1000 miles
22.5
37.5
52.5
ENGINE
Drive belts (tension)
2.3-liter engine
3.0-liter engine
I
I
I
Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,
adjust
Engine valve clearance (2.3-liter engine)
Engine oil
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system
I
I
Replace at first 168,000 km (105,000 miles) or 60 months ;
after that, every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months
Engine coolant
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter
R
Fuel lines and hoses*1
Hoses and tubes for emission*1
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
I
I
I
Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
I
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Disc brakes
I
I
I
I
I
Tire (Rotation)
Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)
Steering operation and linkages
Front suspension ball joints
Driveshaft dust boots
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 60 months
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM (if installed)
Cabin air filter
Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months
Chart symbols
I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
Remarks
*1: According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
8-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 2
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
×1000 km
×1000 miles
4
8
5
8
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
Maintenance Interval
16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
ENGINE
2.3-liter engine
3.0-liter engine
I
Drive belts (tension)
I
I
Engine valve clearance (2.3-liter engine)
Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy, adjust
Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months
Puerto Rico
Engine oil
Others
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system
I
I
Replace at first 168,000 km (105,000 miles) or 60 months ;
after that, every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months
Engine coolant
Engine coolant level
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FUEL SYSTEM
Puerto Rico
R
R
Air filter
Others
R
Fuel lines and hoses*1
Hoses and tubes for emission*1
I
I
I
IGNITION SYSTEM
USA
Spark plugs
Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)
Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
Others*2
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake and clutch fluid level
Disc brakes
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Tire (Rotation)
Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
Steering operation and linkages
Power steering fluid level
Front suspension ball joints
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 60 months
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
Washer fluid level
8-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
×1000 km
×1000 miles
4
8
5
8
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
Maintenance Interval
16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM (if installed)
Cabin air filter
Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months
Chart symbols
I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
Remarks
*1: According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*2: If the vehicle is operated under any of the following conditions, change the spark plugs every 96,000 km
(60,000 miles) or shorter.
a) Repeated short-distance driving
b) Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
c) Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
8-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Schedule
The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the
indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.
Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service
technician as soon as possible.
qWhen Refueling
l
Brake and clutch fluid level (page 8-16)
l
Engine coolant level (page 8-13)
l
Engine oil level (page 8-11)
l
Washer fluid level (page 8-20)
qAt Least Monthly
Tire inflation pressures (page 8-30)
qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)
l
Automatic transaxle fluid level (page 8-18)
l
Power steering fluid level (page 8-17)
You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical
ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.
l
Air filter (page 8-21)
l
Engine coolant (page 8-13)
l
Engine oil (page 8-11)
8-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions only
for items that are easy to perform.
As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by a
qualified service technician with special tools.
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.
For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. If
you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Please
dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.
We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Maintenance Procedures:
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. You can
be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures. If you lack
sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work,
have it done by a qualified technician.
Running the Engine:
Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even more
dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.
Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.
Therefore, if you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain
that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and
all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or
cooling fan which may turn on unexpectedly.
Electrical Fan and Engine Inspection:
Inspecting the engine with the ignition switch in the ON position is dangerous. The
cooling fan could come on unexpectedly even when the engine isn't running. You
could be seriously injured by the fan. Turn the ignition switch off and remove the key
from the ignition switch when you inspect the engine.
8-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Engine Compartment Overview
2.3-liter engine
Engine oil-filler cap
Automatic transaxle fluid-level dipstick
(only for automatic transaxle)
Brake/Clutch fluid reservoir
Windshield washer
fluid reservoir
Battery
Power steering
fluid reservoir
Fuse block
Engine oil dipstick
Engine coolant
reservoir
Air filter
Cooling system cap
3.0-liter engine
Automatic transaxle fluid-level dipstick
(only for automatic transaxle)
Cooling system cap
Brake/Clutch fluid reservoir
Engine coolant
reservoir
Battery
Windshield washer
fluid reservoir
Fuse block
Engine oil dipstick
Engine oil-filler cap
Power steering
fluid reservoir
Air filter
8-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Only use oils “Certified For Gasoline
Engines” by the American Petroleum
Institute (API). An oil with this trademark
symbol conforms to the current engine
and emission system protection standards
and fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricant Standardization
and Approval Committee (ILSAC),
comprised of U.S. and Japanese
Engine Oil
qRecommended Oil
Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil.
Oil container labels provide important
information.
A chief contribution this type of oil makes
to fuel economy is reducing the amount of
fuel necessary to overcome engine
friction.
automobile manufacturers.
U.S.A. and CANADA
–30
–10
10
30
–20
0
20
40 50
–20
80
100
0
20 40
60
120
5W-20
(ILSAC)
Except U.S.A. and CANADA
(ILSAC)
8-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
The quality designation SL, or ILSAC
must be on the label.
3.0-liter engine
–30
–10
10
30
–20
0
20
40 50
Full
OK
–20
80
100
0
20 40
60
120
Low
5W-20
5. Pull it out again and examine the level.
It's OK between MIN and MAX.
But if it's near or below MIN, add
enough oil to bring the level to MAX.
qInspecting Engine Oil Level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on a level
surface.
CAUTION
2. Warm up the engine to normal
operating temperature.
Don't add engine oil over MAX. This
may cause engine damage.
3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes
for the oil to return to the oil pan.
6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick is
positioned properly before reinserting
the dipstick.
4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, and
reinsert it fully.
2.3-liter engine
qChanging Engine Oil and Filter
Change engine oil and filter according to
Scheduled Maintenance (page 8-3).
Please act responsibly―protect the
environment and take used oil to a
recycling facility. Ask your dealer or a
service station for information.
Full
OK
Low
8-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6. Securely reinstall the oil-filler cap.
WARNING
2.3-liter engine
Loosen
Tighten
Handling Used Engine Oil:
Continuous contact with used engine
oil is dangerous. It could cause skin
cancer. Always wash with soap and
water immediately after changing oil
and filter.
Forward
CAUTION
Drain plug
Remove any oil splatter from the
exhaust manifold, the exhaust pipe and
the shield. Oil left on these areas will
smoke when the engine is running.
3.0-liter engine
Tighten
Loosen
Changing engine oil
Forward
WARNING
Drain plug
Checking or Changing Engine Oil:
Hot engine oil is dangerous. If the
engine has been running, the engine
oil becomes very hot. You could be
seriously burned. Don't check or
change the engine oil when the engine
is hot.
7. Start the engine and inspect around the
drain plug for leaks.
8. Turn it off and wait 5 minutes for the
oil to return to the oil pan.
Check the oil level and fill to the MAX
mark if necessary.
1. Warm up the engine for a few minutes
and turn it off. Remove the oil-filler
cap.
2. Remove the drain plug and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
3. Replace the drain plug washer after the
oil has thoroughly drained.
4. Reinstall the plug tightly.
5. Fill the engine with new oil to the
MAX mark on the dipstick.
8-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Oil capacity (General reference only,
refer to Specifications section for
capacities.)
Engine Coolant
qInspecting Coolant Level
NOTE
WARNING
l
The indicated engine oil capacities
are for general reference purposes
only. When adding or changing oil,
verify the engine oil level with the
oil dipstick.
Hot Engine:
A hot engine is dangerous. If the
engine has been running, parts of the
engine compartment can become very
hot. You could be burned. Carefully
inspect the engine coolant in the
coolant reservoir, but do not open it.
Do not use a match or live flame in the
engine compartment. DO NOT ADD
COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS
HOT.
l
Use only specified engine oil (page
10-4).
Changing oil filter
Because you need a special tool to
retighten the filter, an Authorized Mazda
Dealer should do the work.
Cooling Fan and Engine
Inspection:
Inspecting the engine with the ignition
switch in the ON position is
dangerous. The cooling fan could turn
on unexpectedly even when the engine
isn't running. You could be seriously
injured by the fan. Turn the ignition
switch off and remove the key from the
ignition switch when you inspect the
engine.
Cooling System Cap:
When the engine and radiator are hot,
scalding coolant and steam may shoot
out under pressure and cause serious
injury. Don't remove the cooling
system cap when the engine and
radiator are hot.
8-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Inspect the antifreeze protection and
coolant level in the coolant reservoir at
least once a year―at the beginning of the
winter season―and before traveling
where temperatures may drop below
freezing.
CAUTION
Radiator coolant will damage paint.
Rinse it off quickly if spilled.
If the coolant reservoir is empty or new
coolant is required frequently, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Inspect the condition and connections of
all cooling system and heater hoses.
Replace any that are swollen or
deteriorated.
qChanging Coolant
Change coolant according to Scheduled
Maintenance (page 8-3).
The coolant should be at full in the
radiator and between the FULL or F and
LOW or L marks on the coolant reservoir
when the engine is cool.
CAUTION
2.3-liter engine
l
Use only soft (demineralized) water
in the coolant mixture. Water that
contains minerals will cut down on
the coolant's effectiveness.
l
Don't add only water. Always add a
proper coolant mixture.
l
The engine has aluminum parts and
must be protected by an ethylene-
glycol-based coolant to prevent
corrosion and freezing.
l
DO NOT USE coolants Containing
Alcohol, methanol, Borate or
Silicate.
3.0-liter engine
These coolants could damage the
cooling system.
l
DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol
with the coolant. This could damage
the cooling system.
l
Don't use a solution that contains
more than 60 % antifreeze.
This would reduce effectiveness.
If it's at or near LOW or L, add enough
coolant to the coolant reservoir to provide
freezing and corrosion protection and to
bring the level to FULL or F.
8-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
For mixture percentage:
1. Remove the cooling system cap.
Volume
2.3-liter engine
Loosen
Protection
Antifreeze Demineralized
Tighten
solution
water
65%
55%
45%
Above –16°C (3°F)
Above –26°C (–15°F)
Above –40°C (–40°F)
35%
45%
55%
To change coolant
Tighten
Loosen
Loosen
Tighten
WARNING
Removing the Cooling System Cap:
Removing the cooling system cap
while the engine is running or hot is
dangerous. This might lead to cooling
system and engine damage and could
result in serious injury from escaping
hot coolant or steam. Turn off the
engine and wait until it's cool. Even
then, be very careful when removing
the cap.
Tighten
Loosen
Wrap a thick cloth around the cap and
slowly turn it counterclockwise to the
first stop (3.0-liter engine) or about
two and a half rotations (2.3-liter
engine).
Step back while the pressure escapes.
When you're sure all the pressure is
gone, press down on the cap (3.0-liter
engine)― still using a cloth ― turn
the cap, and remove it.
3.0-liter engine
2. Only when the engine is cool, remove
the radiator drain plug and drain the
coolant into a suitable container.
Properly dispose of the used coolant.
3. Flush out the system with running
water.
4. Drain the system completely. Insert and
tighten the plug. Add as much
ethylene-glycol-based coolant mixture
and water as necessary to provide
freezing and corrosion protection.
5. In extremely cold climates, add the
mixture percentage recommended in
the coolant mixture percentage table.
8-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6. Run the engine at idle with the cooling
system cap off. Slowly add additional
coolant if necessary.
Brake/Clutch Fluid
qInspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid
7. At this point, wait until the engine
reaches normal operating temperature;
then depress the accelerator two or
three times. Add more coolant, if
necessary, until the system is full.
Level
The brakes and clutch draw fluid from the
same reservoir.
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir
regularly. It should be kept at MAX.
The level normally drops with
accumulated distance, a condition
associated with wear of brake and clutch
linings. If it is excessively low, have the
brake/clutch system inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8. Install the cooling system cap. Inspect
all connections for leaks. Inspect the
level in the coolant reservoir one more
time.
8-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qAdding Brake/Clutch Fluid
Power Steering Fluid
qInspecting Power Steering Fluid
Level
WARNING
Spilled Brake Fluid:
Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If it
gets in your eyes, they could be
seriously injured. If this happens,
immediately flush your eyes with water
and get medical attention. Brake fluid
spilled on a hot engine could cause a
fire. Be careful not to spill brake fluid
on yourself or on the engine.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the power steering
pump, don't operate the vehicle for long
periods when the power steering fluid
level is low.
NOTE
Low Brake/Clutch Fluid Levels:
Low brake/clutch fluid levels are
dangerous. Low levels could signal
brake lining wear or a brake system
leak. Your brakes could fail and cause
an accident. If you find a low fluid
level, have the brakes and clutch
inspected.
Use specified power steering fluid
(page 10-4).
2.3-liter engine
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at
each engine oil change with the engine off
and cold. Add fluid if necessary; it does
not require periodic changing.
If the fluid level is low, add fluid until it
reaches MAX.
Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean the
area around the cap.
CAUTION
l
Brake and clutch fluid will damage
painted surfaces. If brake or clutch
fluid does get on a painted surface,
wipe it off immediately.
l
Using nonspecified brake and clutch
The level must be kept between MIN and
MAX.
fluids (page 10-4) will damage the
systems. Mixing different fluids will
also damage them.
If the brake/clutch system frequently
requires new fluid, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Visually examine the lines and hoses for
leaks and damage.
8-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
If new fluid is required frequently, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF)
3.0-liter engine
Inspect the fluid level at each engine oil
change. Add fluid if necessary; it does not
require periodic changing.
qInspecting Automatic Transaxle
Fluid Level
The automatic transaxle fluid level should
be inspected regularly. Measure it as
described below.
The volume of fluid changes with the
temperature. Fluid must be checked at idle
without driving at normal operating
temperature.
Tighten
Loosen
High
OK
Low
CAUTION
l
Low fluid level causes transaxle
slippage. Overfilling can cause
foaming, loss of fluid, and transaxle
malfunction.
The level must be kept between the H and
L marks.
l
Visually examine the lines and hoses for
leaks and damage.
Use specified fluid (page 10-4). A
nonspecified fluid could result in
transaxle malfunction and failure.
1. Park on a level surface, well off the
right-of-way, and set the parking brake
firmly.
1. Park on a level surface and set the
parking brake firmly.
2. Turn off the engine and allow it to
cool.
2. Idle the engine about two minutes.
Push down on the brake pedal.
3. Remove the filler cap and attached
dipstick.
3. Move the shift lever through all ranges
and set it at P.
4. Wipe them clean and put them back.
5. Remove again and inspect the level.
6. It must be between H and L. Add fluid
if necessary.
Don't overfill.
If new fluid is required frequently, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Fluid cold scale B (3.0-liter engine)
WARNING
When the engine has not been running
and the outside temperature is about 20°C
(70°F), the fluid level should be close to,
but not above, the bottom notch on the
dipstick.
Sudden Vehicle Movement:
Shifting the shift lever without first
depressing the brake pedal is
dangerous. The vehicle could move
suddenly and cause an accident.
Make sure the brake pedal is applied
before shifting the shift lever.
CAUTION
l
Use the cold scale only as a
reference.
4. With the engine still idling, pull out the
dipstick, wipe it clean, and put it back.
l
If outside temperature is lower than
about 20°C (70°F), start the engine
and inspect the fluid level after the
engine reaches operating
temperature.
5. Pull it out again.
The proper fluid level is marked on the
dipstick as follows.
l
2.3-liter engine
If the vehicle has been driven for an
Full
extended period at high speeds or in
city traffic in hot weather, inspect the
level only after stopping the engine
and allowing the fluid to cool for 30
minutes.
A
Full
Low
B
Low
3.0-liter engine
Full
A
Low
Fully insert the dipstick. When adding
fluid, inspect with the dipstick to make
sure it doesn't pass full.
B
(Reference)
NOTE
Fluid hot scale A
When the vehicle has been driven and the
fluid is at normal operating temperature,
about 65°C (150°F), the level must be
between Full and Low.
Inspect the fluid on both sides of the
dipstick in a well lit area for an accurate
reading.
Fluid cold scale B (2.3-liter engine)
When the engine has not been running
and the outside temperature is about 20°C
(70°F), the level must be between Full
and Low.
8-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir; add fluid if necessary.
Washer Fluid
qInspecting Washer Fluid Level
WARNING
Substitute Washer Fluid:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the windshield,
affect your visibility, and could result
in an accident. Use only windshield
washer fluid or plain water in the
reservoir.
Use plain water if washer fluid is
unavailable.
But use only washer fluid in cold weather
to prevent it from freezing.
Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-
freeze Protection in Cold Weather:
Operating your vehicle in
temperatures below 4 degrees C (40
degrees F) using washer fluid without
anti-freeze protection is dangerous as
it could cause impaired windshield
vision and result in an accident. In
cold weather, always use washer fluid
with anti-freeze protection.
NOTE
State or local regulations may restrict
the use of volatile organic compounds
(VOCs), which are commonly used as
anti-freeze agents in washer fluid. A
washer fluid with limited VOC content
should be used only if it provides
adequate freeze resistance for all
regions and climates in which the
vehicle will be operated.
8-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Body Lubrication
Air Filter
All moving points of the body, such as
door and hood hinges and locks, should
be lubricated each time the engine oil is
changed. Use a nonfreezing lubricant on
locks during cold weather.
CAUTION
Don't drive without an air filter. This
could result in excessive engine wear.
This air filter may be cleaned with
compressed air and reused, or replaced,
depending on its condition. Unless it is
very dirty, simply shake it to remove
foreign particles. Each time you inspect it,
wipe inside the air cleaner housing with a
damp cloth.
Make sure the hood's secondary latch
keeps the hood from opening when the
primary latch is released.
qReplacing the Air Filter
NOTE
If the vehicle is operated in very dusty
or sandy areas, replace the filter more
often than recommended intervals.
1. Unfasten the clamps.
2.3-liter engine
8-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Replace the filter according to Scheduled
Maintenance (page 8-3).
3.0-liter engine
2. Tilt or lift the air filter cover and
remove the filter.
2.3-liter engine
Air filter cover
Air filter
3.0-liter engine
Air filter cover
Air filter
3. Wipe inside the air cleaner housing
with a damp cloth.
4. Clean or replace the filter.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
8-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
Wiper Blades
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arm
blades when raising both the driver and
passenger side wiper arms, raise the
driver side wiper arm first. Conversely,
when setting down the wiper arms, set
the passenger side wiper arm down
first.
l
l
Hot waxes applied by automatic car
washers have been known to affect
the wiper's ability to clean windows.
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, don't use gasoline, kerosene,
paint thinner, or other solvents on or
near them.
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the blade
assembly to expose the plastic locking
clip.
Compress the clip and slide the
assembly downward; then lift it off the
arm.
Contamination of either the windshield or
the blades with foreign matter can reduce
wiper effectiveness. Common sources are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes.
If the blades are not wiping properly,
clean the window and blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent; then rinse
thoroughly with clean water. Repeat if
necessary.
qReplacing Windshield Wiper
Blades
Plastic locking clip
When the wipers no longer clean well, the
blades are probably worn or cracked.
Replace them.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the windshield,
don't let the wiper arm fall on it.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
and other components, don't move the
wipers by hand.
8-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
2. Hold the end of the rubber and pull
until the tabs are free of the metal
support.
CAUTION
l
l
Don't bend or discard the stiffeners.
You need to use them again.
If the metal stiffeners are switched,
the blade's wiping efficiency could
be reduced.
Metal support
So don't use the driver's side metal
stiffeners on the passenger's side, or
vice versa.
Tab
l
Be sure to reinstall the metal
stiffeners in the new blade rubber so
that the curve is the same as it was in
the old blade rubber.
3. Remove the metal stiffeners from the
blade rubber and install them in new
blades.
4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
NOTE
Install the blade so that the tabs are
toward the bottom of the wiper arm.
8-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
2. Hold the end of the blade rubber and
pull until the tabs are free of the metal
support.
qReplacing Rear Window Wiper
Blade (5-Door/Sport Wagon)
When the wiper no longer cleans well, the
blade is probably worn or cracked.
Replace it.
Metal support
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arm
and other components, don't move the
wiper by hand.
Tab
(5-Door)
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the blade
assembly to expose the plastic locking
clip.
Compress the clip and slide the
assembly downward; then lift it off the
arm.
3. Remove the metal stiffeners from the
blade rubber and install them in new
blades.
Plastic locking clip
CAUTION
Don't bend or discard the stiffeners.
You need to use them again.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the rear window,
don't let the wiper arm fall on it.
8-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
2. Pull down the blade rubber and slide it
out of the blade holder.
3. Remove the metal stiffeners from the
blade rubber and install them in new
blades.
(Sport Wagon)
1. Raise the wiper arm and rotate the
wiper blade to the right until it unlocks,
then remove the blade.
CAUTION
Don't bend or discard the stiffeners.
You need to use them again.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the rear window,
don't let the wiper arm fall on it.
8-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
8-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Battery
WARNING
Battery-Related Lead Materials:
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Wash hands after handling.
Eye Protection:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC
ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas
produced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to
explode. Always wear eye protection when working near the battery.
Spilled Battery Fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets
in eyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for
15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention. Wear eye
protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid.
Children and Batteries:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin. Always keep batteries out of the
reach of children.
Keep Flames Away:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames including
cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells. When working near a battery, do
not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the
battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle body.
Battery-Related Explosion:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames, including
cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells.
8-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qBattery Maintenance
Tires
For reasons of proper performance, safety,
and better fuel economy, always maintain
recommended tire inflation pressures and
stay within the recommended load limits
and weight distribution.
WARNING
Using Different Tire Types:
Driving your vehicle with different
types of tires is dangerous. It could
cause poor handling and poor
braking; leading to loss of control.
Except for the limited use of the
temporary spare tire, use only the
same type tires (radial, bias-belted,
bias-type) on all four wheels.
To get the best service from a battery:
l
Keep it securely mounted.
l
Keep the top clean and dry.
l
Keep terminals and connections clean,
tight, and coated with petroleum jelly
or terminal grease.
Using Wrong-Sized Tires:
l
Rinse off spilled electrolyte
Using any other tire size than what is
specified for your Mazda (page 10-7)
is dangerous. It could seriously affect
ride, handling, ground clearance, tire
clearance, and speedometer
calibration. This could cause you to
have an accident. Use only tires that
are the correct size specified for your
Mazda.
immediately with a solution of water
and baking soda.
l
If the vehicle will not be used for an
extended time, disconnect the battery
cables and charge the battery every six
weeks.
8-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qTire Inflation Pressure
NOTE
l
Always check tire pressure when
WARNING
tires are cold.
l
l
Warm tires normally exceed
recommended pressures. Don't
release air from warm tires to adjust
the pressure.
Incorrect Tire Inflation:
Overinflation or underinflation of tires
is dangerous. Adverse handling or
unexpected tire failure could result in
a serious accident. Always inflate the
tires to the correct pressure (page
10-7).
Underinflation can cause reduced
fuel economy and poor sealing of the
tire bead, which will deform the
wheel and cause separation of tire
from rim.
Inspect all tire pressures monthly
(including the spare) when the tires are
cold. Maintain recommended pressures
for the best ride, top handling, and
minimum tire wear.
l
Overinflation can produce a harsh
ride and a greater possibility of
damage from road hazards.
Keep your tire pressure at the correct
levels. If one frequently needs
inflating, have it inspected.
qTire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires
every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)/8,000
km*(5,000 miles) or sooner if irregular
wear develops. During rotation, inspect
them for correct balance.
* Unique driving conditions for U.S.A.,
Canada and Puerto Rico
Refer to the specification charts (page
10-7).
Forward
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)
spare tire in rotation.
8-30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Also, inspect them for uneven wear and
damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused
by one or a combination of the following:
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator
will appear as a solid band across the
tread.
Replace the tire when this happens.
l
Incorrect tire pressure
Tread wear indicator
l
Improper wheel alignment
l
Out-of-balance wheel
l
Severe braking
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to
specification (page 10-7) and inspect the
lug nuts for tightness.
New tread
Worn tread
CAUTION
You should replace it before the band is
across the entire tread.
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial
tires that have an asymmetrical tread
pattern or studs only from front to rear,
not from side to side. Tire performance
will be weakened if rotated from side to
side.
qTemporary Spare Tire
Inspect the temporary spare tire at least
monthly to make sure it's properly inflated
and stored.
The temporary spare tire is easier to
handle because of its construction. It is
lighter and smaller than a conventional
tire and should be used only for an
emergency and only for a short distance.
qReplacing a Tire
WARNING
Worn Tires:
Use the temporary only until the
conventional tire is repaired, which should
be as soon as possible.
Driving with worn tires is dangerous.
Reduced braking, steering, and
traction could result in an accident.
Always use tires that are in good
condition.
Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2 kgf/
cm2 or bar, 60 psi).
8-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CAUTION
CAUTION
l
Don't use your temporary spare tire
A wrong-sized wheel may adversely
affect:
rim with a snow tire or a
conventional tire. Neither will
properly fit and could damage both
tire and rim.
l
Tire fit
l
Wheel and bearing life
l
l
Ground clearance
The temporary spare tire has a tread
life of up to 5,000 km (3,000 miles),
depending on road conditions and
driving habits.
l
Speedometer calibration
l
Headlight aim
l
Bumper height
l
The temporary spare tire is for
limited use, however, if the tread
wear solid-band indicator appears,
replace the tire with the same type of
temporary spare (page 8-31).
When replacing a wheel, make sure the
new one is the same as the original factory
wheel in diameter, rim width, and offset.
Proper tire balancing provides the best
riding comfort and helps reduce tread
wear. Out-of-balance tires can cause
vibration and uneven wear, such as
cupping and flat spots.
qReplacing a Wheel
WARNING
Using a Wrong-Sized Wheel:
Using a wrong-sized wheel is
dangerous. Braking and handling
could be affected, leading to loss of
control and an accident. Always use
wheels of the correct size on your
vehicle.
8-32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Light Bulbs
Sedan/5-Door
Overhead light/
Map lights
Luggage compartment
light (Hatchback)
Headlights
(Low beam)
Trunk light
High-mount brake light
(Sedan)
Fog lights
Headlights
(High beam)
Parking lights
Courtesy lights
Side-marker lights
Brake lights/Taillights
Rear turn signal lights
Reverse lights
Front turn signal lights
License plate lights
High-mount brake light (Hatchback)
Taillights
Sport Wagon
Overhead light/
Map lights
Taillights
Luggage compartment light
Brake lights/Taillights
Headlights
(Low beam)
Fog lights
Headlights
(High beam)
Parking lights
Courtesy lights
Side-marker lights
Front turn signal lights
License plate lights
Rear turn signal lights
Reverse lights
High-mount brake light
8-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Your Mazda's headlights and fog lights
have replaceable halogen bulbs.
2. Remove the bulb by pushing it in
slightly and turning it
counterclockwise.
WARNING
Handling Halogen Bulbs:
When a halogen bulb breaks, it is
dangerous. These bulbs contain
pressurized gas. If one is broken, it
will explode and serious injuries could
be caused by the flying glass.
If the glass portion is touched with
bare hands, body oil could cause the
bulb to overheat and explode when lit.
Never touch the glass portion of the
bulb with your bare hands and always
wear eye protection when handling or
working around halogen bulbs.
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
Side-marker lights
1. Turn the screw counterclockwise and
remove it, then partially peel back the
mudguard.
Children and Halogen Bulbs:
Playing with a halogen bulb is
dangerous. Serious injuries could be
caused by dropping a halogen bulb or
breaking it some other way.
Always keep halogen bulbs out of the
reach of children.
qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs
Replacing the headlight, fog light and
parking light bulbs
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the bulbs should be
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
Front turn signal lights
1. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
8-34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
Brake lights/Taillights
Brake lights/Taillights, Rear turn signal
lights
Rear turn signal lights
(Sedan)
1. Pull the center section of the plastic
retainer and remove the retainers and
partially open the trunk side trim.
Removal
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
Installation
NOTE
To replace the bulb, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
8-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
(5-Door)
Brake lights/Taillights
1. Turn the knob and remove the cover.
Left side
Right side
Rear turn signal lights
2. Pull the strap and remove the cover.
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
NOTE
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
To replace the bulb, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8-36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
(Sport Wagon)
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
1. Turn the knob and remove the cover.
Left side
NOTE
Right side
To replace the bulb, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Reverse lights, Taillights
(Sedan)
1. Pull the center section of the plastic
retainer and remove the retainers, then
remove the trunk rear trim.
2. Pull the strap and remove the cover.
Removal
Installation
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
Reverse lights
Taillights
Rear turn signal lights
Brake lights/Taillights
8-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
(5-Door/Sport Wagon)
1. Remove the cover.
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
Reverse lights
Taillights
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
(5-Door)
1. Remove the cover.
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
High-mount brake light
(Sedan)
1. Remove the high-mount brake light
component.
2. Detach the electrical connector from
the socket.
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
8-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
(Sport Wagon)
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
1. Remove the liftgate upper trim and
high-mount brake light component.
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs
Overhead light/Map lights (With
overhead console)
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
1. Remove the screws.
2. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft
cloth to prevent damage to the trim and
gently insert it in the overhead light as
shown in the figure, and then remove
the overhead light unit.
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
License plate lights
1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft
cloth to prevent damage to the lens and
remove the lens by carefully prying on
the edge of the lens.
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
8-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
Overhead light/Map lights (Without
overhead console)
Courtesy lights, Vanity mirror lights,
and Luggage compartment light
1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft
cloth to prevent damage to the trim and
gently insert it in the overhead light as
shown in the figure, and then remove
the overhead light unit.
1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with
a soft cloth to prevent damage to the
lens and remove the lens by carefully
prying on the edge of the lens.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
Courtesy lights
Edge
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
8-40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Trunk light (Sedan)
Vanity mirror lights
1. Press both sides of the lens cap to
remove it.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
Edge
Luggage compartment light
(5-Door)
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
Luggage compartment light
(Sport Wagon)
Edge
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
8-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse
puller provided on the fuse block
located in the engine compartment.
Fuses
Your vehicle's electrical system is
protected by fuses.
If any lights, accessories, or controls don't
work, inspect the appropriate circuit
protector. If a fuse has blown, the inside
element will be melted.
If the same fuse blows again, avoid using
that system and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
qFuse Replacement
4. Inspect it and replace if it's blown.
Replacing the fuses on the driver's side
kick-panel
If the electrical system doesn't work, first
inspect fuses on the driver's side kick-
panel.
1. Turn off the ignition switch and other
switches.
2. Open the fuse panel cover by sliding
the cover straight back toward you.
Blown
Normal
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
amperage rating, and make sure it fits
tightly. If it doesn't, have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer install it.
If you have no spare fuses, borrow one
of the same rating from a circuit not
essential to vehicle operation, such as
the AUDIO or CIGAR circuit.
CAUTION
Always replace a fuse with one of the
same rating. Otherwise you may
damage the electric system.
CAUTION
Pulling the cover off sideways may
break the retaining tabs off.
8-42
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Replacing the fuses under the hood
If the headlights or other electrical
components don't work and the fuses in
the cabin are OK, inspect the fuse block
under the hood. If a fuse is blown, it must
be replaced. Follow these steps:
1. Turn off the ignition switch and all
other switches.
2. Remove the fuse block cover.
3. If a fuse is blown, replace it with a new
one of the same amperage rating.
Normal
Blown
NOTE
To replace the MAIN fuse, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer (page 8-44).
8-43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qFuse Panel Description
Fuse block (Engine compartment)
DESCRIPTION
FUSE RATING
PROTECTED COMPONENT
1
2
3
4
5
6
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
―
20A
15A
10A
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
INJ
15A
10A*1
15A*2
15A
5A
Injector
7
8
ENG BAR
Air flow sensor, EGR control valve
ENG BAR2*1
ENG BB*2
HEAD LR
HEAD LL
HEAD HL
HEAD HR
ETC
O2 sensor
Cooling fan
9
10A
10A
10A
10A
7.5A
10A
15A
10A
Headlight-low beam (Right)
Headlight-low beam (Left)
Headlight-high beam (Left)
Headlight-high beam (Right)
Accelerator position sensor
Turn signal lights
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
HAZARD
STOP
Brake/Horn
TCM
TCM
8-44
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
DESCRIPTION
ENG+B
FUEL PUMP
IG KEY
P.WIND
―
FUSE RATING
PROTECTED COMPONENT
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
7.5A
15A
40A
30A
―
PCM, TCM
Fuel pump
Windshield wiper and washer, Engine control unit, Lighter
Power window
―
―
―
―
Rear wiper motorí, Heater control unit
Blower motor
IG KEY2
BLOWER
BTN
30A
40A
40A
―
Overhead light, Power door lock
―
―
DEFOG
ABS
40A
60A
Rear window defroster
ABSí
AD FAN*1
FAN2*2
FAN*1
29
30
30A
30A
Cooling fan
Cooling fan
FAN1*2
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
TAIL
10A
10A
Taillights, License plate lights, Parking lights
ILLUMI
MAG
Dashboard illumination
Magnet clutch
Audio system
Power seatí
Trunk opener motorí
―
10A
AUDIO
P.SEAT
OPENER
―
15A
30A
7.5A
―
IG1*2
15A
CAT SSR
Fog lightsí
FOG
15A
100A*1
120A*2
40
MAIN
For protection of all circuits
*1 2.3-liter engine
*2 3.0-liter engine
íSome models.
8-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Fuse block (Driver's side kick-panel)
DESCRIPTION
ENGINE IG
METER IG
SEAT
FUSE RATING
PROTECTED COMPONENT
Engine control system
1
2
15A
15A
15A
7.5A
20A
15
Instrument cluster
Seat warmerí, Rear window defroster
3
4
M.DEF
WIPER
SAS
Mirror defroster
5
Windshield wiper and washer
ABS unití, SAS unit
6
7
―
―
―
8
A/C
15A
5A
Heater
9
METER ACC
CIGAR
ROOM
R.WIP
Auto light off unit
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
15A
15A
10A
5A
Lighter
Overhead light
Rear wiperí
MIRROR
R.CIGAR
―
Power control mirror, Audio system
15A
―
Accessory socket
―
D.LOCK
―
30A
―
Power door lock
―
8-46
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qDamage Caused by Bird
Dropping, Insects, or Tree Sap
How to Minimize
Environmental Paint
Damage
Occurrence
Bird droppings contain acids. If these
aren't removed they can eat away the clear
and color base coat of the vehicle's
paintwork.
The paintwork on your Mazda represents
the latest technical developments in
composition and methods of application.
When insects stick to the paint surface
and decompose, corrosive compounds
form. These can erode the clear and color
base coat of the vehicle's paintwork if
they are not removed.
Environmental hazards, however, can
harm the paint's protective properties, if
proper care is not taken.
Here are some examples of possible
damage, with tips on how to prevent
them.
Tree sap will harden and adhere
permanently to the paint finish. If you
scratch the sap off while it is hard, some
vehicle paint could come off with it.
qEtching Caused by Acid Rain or
Industrial Fallout
Prevention
Occurrence
It is necessary to have your Mazda
washed and waxed to preserve its finish
according to the instructions in this
section. This should be done as soon as
possible.
Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions
drift into the air and mix with rain or dew
to form acids. These acids can settle on a
vehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,
the acid becomes concentrated and can
damage the finish.
Bird droppings can be removed with a
soft sponge and water. If you are traveling
and these are not available, a moistened
tissue may also take care of the problem.
The cleaned area should be waxed
according to the instructions in this
section.
Insects and tree sap are best removed with
a soft sponge and water or a commercially
available chemical cleaner.
And the longer the acid remains on the
surface, the greater the chance is for
damage.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you suspect that acid rain has settled on
your vehicle's finish.
Another method is to cover the affected
area with dampened newspaper for one to
two hours. After removing the newspaper,
rinse off the loosened debris with water.
8-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qWater Marks
NOTE
Occurrence
l
The paint chipping zone varies with
Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water can
contain harmful minerals such as salt and
lime. If moisture containing these
minerals settles on the vehicle and
evaporates, the minerals will concentrate
and harden to form white rings. The rings
can damage your vehicle's finish.
the speed of the vehicle. For
example, when traveling at 90 km/h
(56 mph), the paint chipping zone is
50 m (164 ft).
l
l
In low temperatures a vehicle's finish
hardens. This increases the chance of
paint chipping.
Prevention
Chipped paint can lead to rust
forming on your Mazda. Before this
happens, repair the damage by using
Mazda touch-up paint according to
the instructions in this section.
Failure to repair the affected area
could lead to serious rusting and
expensive repairs.
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you find water marks on your vehicle's
finish.
qPaint Chipping
Occurrence
Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown
in the air by another vehicle's tires hits
your vehicle.
How to avoid paint chipping
Keeping a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of
having your paint chipped by flying
gravel.
8-48
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
To minimize scratches on the vehicle's
paint finish:
Exterior Care
Follow all label and container directions
when using a chemical cleaner or polish.
Read all warnings and cautions.
l
Rinse off any dirt or other foreign
matter using lukewarm or cold water
before washing.
l
Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water
qMaintaining the Finish
and a soft cloth when washing the
vehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.
Washing
l
To help protect the finish from rust and
deterioration, wash your Mazda
Rub gently when washing or drying the
vehicle.
thoroughly and frequently, at least once a
month, with lukewarm or cold water.
l
Take your vehicle only to a car wash
that keeps its brushes well maintained.
l
Don't use abrasive cleansers or wax
that contain abrasives.
If the vehicle is washed improperly, the
paint surface could be scratched. Here are
some examples of how scratching could
occur.
CAUTION
Scratches occur on the paint surface
when:
l
Don't use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may damage
the protective coating; also, cleaners
and detergents may discolor or
deteriorate the paint.
l
The vehicle is washed without first
rinsing off dirt and other foreign
matter.
l
l
The vehicle is washed with a rough,
dry, or dirty cloth.
The vehicle is washed at a car wash
that uses brushes that are dirty or too
stiff.
l
To prevent damaging the antenna,
remove it before entering a car wash
facility or passing beneath a low
overhead clearance.
l
Cleansers or wax containing abrasives
are used.
Pay special attention to removing salt,
dirt, mud, and other foreign material from
the underside of the fenders, and make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are clean.
NOTE
l
Mazda is not responsible for
scratches caused by automatic car
washes or improper washing.
l
Scratches are more noticeable on
vehicles with darker paint finishes.
8-49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial fallout, and similar deposits can
damage the finish if not removed
immediately. When prompt washing with
plain water is ineffective, use a mild soap
made for use on vehicles.
3. When waxing, coat evenly with the
sponge supplied or a soft cloth.
4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.
NOTE
A spot remover to remove oil, tar, and
similar materials will usually also take
off the wax. Rewax these areas even if
the rest of the vehicle doesn't need it.
Thoroughly rinse off all soap with
lukewarm or cold water. Don't allow soap
to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, dry it with a
clean chamois to prevent water spots from
forming.
qRepairing Damage to the Finish
Deep scratches or chips on the finish
should be repaired promptly. Exposed
metal quickly rusts and can lead to major
repairs.
WARNING
Driving with Wet Brakes:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the
vehicle pulling to one side when
braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indicate
whether the brakes have been affected.
Dry the brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal.
CAUTION
If your Mazda is damaged and needs
metal parts repaired or replaced, make
sure the body shop applies anti-
corrosion materials to all parts, both
repaired and new. This will prevent
them from rusting.
qBright-Metal Maintenance
Waxing
l
Use tar remover to remove road tar and
Your vehicle needs to be waxed when
water no longer beads on the finish.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,
wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.
insects. Never do this with a knife or
similar tool.
l
To prevent corrosion on bright-metal
surfaces, apply wax or chrome
preservative and rub it to a high luster.
1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.
Waxes containing abrasive will remove
paint and could damage bright metal
parts.
l
During cold weather or in coastal areas,
cover bright-metal parts with a coating
of wax or preservative heavier than
usual. It would also help to coat them
with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or
some other protective compound.
2. Use a good grade of natural wax for
metallic, mica, and solid colors.
8-50
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
CAUTION
WARNING
Don't use steel wool, abrasive cleaners,
or strong detergents containing highly
alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-
plated or anodized aluminum parts.
This may result in damage to the
protective coating and cause
Driving with Wet Brakes:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the
vehicle pulling to one side when
braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indicate
whether the brakes have been affected.
Dry the brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal.
discoloration or paint deterioration.
qUnderbody Maintenance
Road chemicals and salt used for ice and
snow removal and solvents used for dust
control may collect on the underbody. If
not removed, they will speed up rusting
and deterioration of such underbody parts
as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaust
system, even though these parts may be
coated with anti-corrosive material.
qAluminum Wheel Maintenance
A protective coating is provided over the
aluminum wheels. Special care is needed
to protect this coating.
NOTE
Thoroughly flush the underbody and
wheel housings with lukewarm or cold
water at the end of each winter. Try also
to do this every month.
l
Don't use a wire brush or any
abrasive cleaner, polishing
compound, or solvent on aluminum
wheels. They may damage the
coating.
Pay special attention to these areas
because they easily hide mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet
down the road grime without removing
it.
l
Only use a mild soap or neutral
detergent and always use a sponge or
soft cloth to clean the wheels.
Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or
cold water. Also, be sure to clean the
wheels after driving on dusty or
salted roads. This helps prevent
corrosion.
The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes that
should not be clogged. Water trapped
there will cause rusting.
l
Avoid washing your vehicle in an
automatic car wash that uses high-
speed or hard brushes.
l
If your aluminum wheels lose luster,
wax the wheels.
8-51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
To keep the fabric looking clean and
fresh, take care of it. Otherwise its color
will be affected, it can be stained easily,
and its fire-resistance may be reduced.
Interior Care
qDashboard Precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume
and cosmetic oils from contacting the
dashboard. They'll damage and discolor it.
If these solutions get on the dashboard,
wipe them off immediately.
CAUTION
Use only recommended cleaners and
procedures. Others may affect
appearance and fire-resistance.
CAUTION
qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder Belt
Webbing
Do not use glazing agents.
Glazing agents contain ingredients
which may cause discoloration,
wrinkling, cracks and peeling.
Clean the webbing with a mild soap
solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleach
or dye the webbing; this may weaken it.
qCleaning the Upholstery and
Interior Trim
After cleaning the belts, thoroughly dry
the belt webbing and make sure there is
no remaining moisture before retracting
them.
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinyl
cleaner.
WARNING
Leatherí
Damaged Seat Belt:
Real leather isn't uniform and may have
scars, scratches, and wrinkles. Clean it
with a leather cleaner or mild soap.
Using damaged seat belts is
dangerous. In a collision, damaged
belts cannot provide adequate
protection. Have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer replace damaged belts
immediately.
Wipe it with a damp soft cloth; then dry
and buff it with a dry soft cloth.
Fabricí
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean it with a mild soap solution good
for upholstery and carpets. Remove fresh
spots immediately with a fabric spot
cleaner.
8-52
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qCleaning the Window Interiors
If the windows become covered with an
oily, greasy, or waxy film, clean them
with glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the container.
CAUTION
Don't scrape or scratch the inside of the
rear window. You may damage the rear
window defroster grid.
8-53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
8-54
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting
Safety Defects
9
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.
Customer Assistance ..................................................................... 9-2
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) .................................................. 9-2
Customer Assistance (Canada) ................................................. 9-4
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) ........................................... 9-7
Mazda Importer/Distributors ...................................................... 9-8
Importer/Distributor .................................................................. 9-8
Distributor in Each Area ........................................................... 9-8
Warranty ....................................................................................... 9-9
Warranties for Your Mazda ....................................................... 9-9
Outside the United States ........................................................ 9-10
Outside Canada ....................................................................... 9-11
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (Except United
States and Canada) .................................................................. 9-12
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories ......................... 9-13
Cell Phones .................................................................................. 9-14
Cell Phones Warning ............................................................... 9-14
Type Approval of Equipment .................................................... 9-15
Type Approval of Equipment .................................................. 9-15
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS) .................... 9-16
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS) ................... 9-16
Reporting Safety Defects ............................................................ 9-18
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .......................................... 9-18
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ......................................... 9-19
Service Publications .................................................................... 9-20
Service Publications ................................................................ 9-20
9-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle
in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management, you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of three ways.
By email at: www.mazdaUSA.com (Click the TALK TO US link at the top of the home
page).
Answers to many of your Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs), including how to locate or
contact a local Mazda Dealership in the U.S., can be found here.
By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500
By letter at:
Attn: Customer Assistance
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
9-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.
9-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Canada)
qSatisfaction Review Process
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All Authorized
Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. In
our experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of your
Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your
dealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal
dealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:
qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager has
already reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its General
Manager.
qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office
If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for
you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact Mazda
Canada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office address
and phone numbers are shown (page 9-6).
qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department
If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, Mazda
Canada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL:1 (800) 263-
4680.
Provide the Department with the following information:
1. Your name, address and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels” page
of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.
4. Purchase date
5. Present odometer reading
6. Your dealer's name and location
7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction
The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will review
the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.
9-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of
your Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow the
above three steps in sequence for most effective results.
qMediation/Arbitration Program
Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's Customer
Satisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still
not resolved, you have another option.
Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you about
how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through
binding arbitration.
Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.
Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that
goal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as the
award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.
qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)
If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,
Mazda, and/or one of it's dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wish
to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling
and preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed with
CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.
9-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.
Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the
Provincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan
235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300
North York, Ontario
M2J 4Y8
http://camvap.ca
Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:
Province/Territory
British Columbia & Yukon Territories
Alberta & Northwest Territories
Saskatchewan
CAMVAP Number
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
Manitoba
Ontario
Atlantic Canada
Quebec
qRegional Offices
REGIONAL OFFICES
AREAS COVERED
MAZDA CANADA INC.
WESTERN REGION
8171 ACKROYD ROAD
SUITE 2000
ALBERTA,
BRITISH COLUMBIA,
MANITOBA,
RICHMOND B.C.
V6X 3K1
SASKATCHEWAN,
YUKON
(604) 303-5670
MAZDA CANADA INC.
CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION
55 VOGELL ROAD,
ONTARIO
RICHMOND HILL,
ONTARIO, L4B 3K5
(905) 787-7000
MAZDA CANADA INC.
QUEBEC REGION
6111 ROUTE TRANS
CANADIENNE
QUEBEC,
NEW BRUNSWICK,
NOVA SCOTIA,
POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBEC
H9R 5A5
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,
NEWFOUNDLAND
(514) 694-6390
9-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all Authorized
Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top
condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
qSTEP 1
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
qSTEP 2
If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact your
area's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).
Please help us by providing the following information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
9-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Mazda Importer/Distributors
Importer/Distributor
Distributor in Each Area
qU.S.A.
qCANADA
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Mazda Canada Inc.
55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,
Irvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.
TEL:1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)
(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)
Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada
TEL:1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)
(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)
qPUERTO RICO
Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de Puerto
Rico)
P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico
00936-2722
TEL: (787) 641-9300
qGUAM
Triple J Motors
157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,
GUAM 96911 USA
P.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931
TEL: (671) 649-6555
qSAIPAN
Pacific International Marianas, Inc.
(d.b.a. Midway Motors)
P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950
TEL: (670) 234-7524
Triple J Saipan, Inc.
(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)
P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487
TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051
qAMERICAN SAMOA
Polynesia Motors, Inc.
P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, American
Samoa 96799
TEL: (684) 699-9347
9-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Warranties for Your Mazda
l
l
l
l
l
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)
Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty
Anti-perforation Limited Warranty
Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
l
Emission Defect Warranty
Emission Performance Warranty
l
l
l
l
l
California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)
Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty
Tire Warranty
NOTE
Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.
9-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside the United States
Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific
emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the United
States may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canada
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for
exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian
Motor Vehicle Safety requirements (CMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to
travelers on vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United
States:
l
Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
l
Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
9-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside Canada
Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission
regulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differ
from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United States
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the
United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to
travelers on vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:
l
Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
l
Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
9-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (Except
United States and Canada)
Government regulations in your country could require that automobiles meet specific
emission and safety standards.
Vehicles built for your country may differ from those built for other countries. In addition
to registration problems, satisfactory service may be difficult or even impossible in another
country.
The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be
unavailable.
There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your
vehicle.
The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.
9-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories
Non-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.
These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda
vehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect your
vehicle's performance or safety system; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before you
install any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Installation of Non-Genuine Parts or Accessories:
Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designed
parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safety system.
This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuries in an
accident. Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine
parts or accessories.
Add-On Electrical and Electronic Equipment:
Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing an
improper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing engine
stalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.
Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such as mobile
telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems.
Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from the
installation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.
9-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Cell Phones
Cell Phones Warning
WARNING
Use of Cell Phones and Other Devices by Driver:
Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehicle
navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use of
these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident.
If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safe area
before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a hands-free
system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cell phone or
other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead, concentrate on the
full-time job of driving.
Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication
equipment in vehicles in your country.
9-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Type Approval of Equipment
Type Approval of Equipment
Immobilizer system
9-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, and
temperature performance.
qTread Wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
qTraction-AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction
tests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
qTemperature-A, B, C
The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire
life, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by
law.
9-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and
not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either
separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several
years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.
The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary
with respect to grade.
ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND
TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
qUniform Tire Quality Grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
UTQGS MARK (example)
TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
9-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could
cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda Motor
Corporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda
Importer/Distributor).
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at 1
(800) 424-9393 (or 366-0123 in Washington, D.C. area) or write to: NHTSA,
U.S. Department of Transportation. Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also
obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from the Hotline.
NOTE
If you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be
forwarded to:
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, California 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500
If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown
(page 9-8) in this booklet.
9-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)
Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, Defect
Investigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contact
Transport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330
Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.
For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:
http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm
9-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Service Publications
Service Publications
Factory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do
some of their own maintenance and repair.
When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to the
chart below.
If they don't have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.
PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER
9999-95-063B-05
PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION
2005 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)
2005 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)
2005 OWNER'S MANUAL
9999-95-039G-05
9999-95-078C-05 (U.S.A. only)
9999-EC-078C-05 (Canada only)
9999-PR-078C-05 (Puerto Rico only)
2005 OWNER'S MANUAL
2005 OWNER'S MANUAL
qWORKSHOP MANUAL:
Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body and
chassis.
qWIRING DIAGRAM:
Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical
system.
qOWNER'S MANUAL:
This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.
This is not a technician's manual.
9-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications
10
Technical information about your Mazda.
Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2
Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2
Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4
Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4
10-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Identification Numbers
qVehicle Emission Control
Information Label
Vehicle Information Labels
qVehicle Identification Number
The vehicle identification number legally
identifies your vehicle. The number is on
a plate attached to the left top side of the
dashboard. This plate can easily be seen
through the windshield.
qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard
Label
qTire Pressure Label
10-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Identification Numbers
qEngine Number (3.0-liter engine
only)
Forward
10-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications
Specifications
qEngine
Specification
Item
2.3-liter engine
3.0-liter engine
DOHC-24V 60°V, 6-cylinder
89.0 × 79.5 mm (3.50 × 3.13 in)
2,967 ml (2,967 cc, 181.0 cu in)
10.0
Type
DOHC-16V in-line, 4-cylinder
87.5 × 94.0 mm (3.44 × 3.70 in)
2,261 ml (2,261 cc, 137.9 cu in)
9.7
Bore×Stroke
Displacement
Compression ratio
qElectrical System
Item
Classification
12V-50AH/5HR
12 V - 90 A
Battery
2.3-liter engine
3.0-liter engine
Alternator
Starter
12 V - 110 A
12 V - 1.4 kW
L303 18 110*
AJ57 18 110*
2.3-liter engine
3.0-liter engine
2.3-liter engine
3.0-liter engine
Spark-plug number
1.25―1.35 mm (0.049―0.053 in)
Spark-plug gap
* ex factory
1.29―1.45 mm (0.051―0.057 in)
qLubricant Quality
Lubricant
Classification
Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers
on page 8-10.
Engine oil
API Service
SAE
GL-4 or GL-5
75W-90
Any temperature
2.3-liter engine
API Service
SAE
GL-4 or GL-5
80W-90
Manual transmission
oil
Above 10°C (50°F)
API Service
SAE
GL-4 or GL-5
75W-90
3.0-liter engine
2.3-liter engine
3.0-liter engine
ATF M-V
ATF T-IV
Automatic transaxle fluid
Power steering fluid
Brake fluid
ATF M-III, M-V, or equivalent (e.g. Dexron® III)
SAE J1703, or FMVSS116 DOT-3
10-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications
qCapacities
(Approximate Quantities)
Unit
Item
2.3-liter
L
US qt
Imp qt
With oil filter replacement
4.3
4.5
3.8
Without oil filter
replacement
engine
3.9
5.7
5.2
4.1
6.0
5.5
3.4
5.0
4.6
Engine oil
With oil filter replacement
3.0-liter
engine
Without oil filter
replacement
2.3-liter engine
3.0-liter engine
2.3-liter engine
3.0-liter engine
2.3-liter engine
3.0-liter engine
7.0
8.5
2.87
2.3
7.2
7.0
7.4
9.0
3.0
2.4
7.6
7.4
6.2
7.5
2.5
2.0
6.3
6.1
Coolant
Manual transaxle oil
Automatic transaxle fluid
Fuel tank
15.0
(Imp gal)
68
18.0 (US gal)
Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.
qDimensions
Item
Specification
Sedan
4,745 mm (186.8 in)
Overall length
5-Door
4,745 mm*3(186.8 in), 4,765 mm*4(187.6 in)
4,770 mm*3(187.8 in), 4,785 mm*4(188.4 in)
1,780 mm (70.1 in)
Sport Wagon
Overall width
Overall height
Sedan/5-Door
Sport Wagon
1,440 mm (56.7 in)
1,455 mm (57.3 in)
Front tread
Rear tread
Wheelbase
1,540mm*1(60.6in), 1,530mm*2(60.2in)
1,540mm*1(60.6in), 1,530mm*2(60.2in)
2,675 mm (105.3 in)
*1 16 inch wheel vehicle
*2 17 inch wheel vehicle
*3 Without license plate holder
*4 With license plate holder
10-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications
qWeights
Item
Weight
Sedan
1,956 kg (4,312 lb)
2,037 kg (4,491 lb)
1,071 kg (2,361 lb)
888 kg (1,958 lb)
1,076 kg (2,372 lb)
961 kg (2,119 lb)
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
5-Door/Sport Wagon
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
Sedan
5-Door/Sport Wagon
qAir Conditioner
Gas complies with SAE J639
HFC134a (R-134a)
Maximum operating charge
0.5 kg (17.6 oz)
qLight Bulbs
Exterior light
Category
Light bulb
High beam
Wattage
55
ECE R
H1
SAE
―
Headlights
Low beam
55
H1
―
Front turn signal lights
Parking lights
Fog lightsí
28*1
―
#2357A
―
5
W5W
H3
55
―
Side-marker lights
5
W5W
W16W
―
―
Sedan/Sport Wagon
5-Door
18.4
21
#921
―
High-mount brake light
Rear turn signal lights
Brake lights/Taillights
Taillights
21
WY21W
W21/5W
W21/5W
W16W
W5W
―
21/5
5*2
18.4
5
#7443
#7443
#921
―
Reverse lights
License plate lights
*1 Use a 28/7W type bulb.
*2 Use a 21/5W type bulb.
10-6
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications
Interior light
Category
ECE R
―
Light bulb
Wattage
Trunk light (Sedan)
Overhead light/Map lights
Courtesy lights
3
5
W5W
W5W
―
5
Vanity mirror lights
1.2
5
5-Door
―
Luggage compartment light
Sport Wagon
10
―
qTires
NOTE
The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.
When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type
originally fitted to your vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure. Refer to Tire Inflation
Pressure on page 8-30.
Standard tire
Inflation pressure
Tire size
Front
Rear
P205/60R16 91V
P215/50R17 93V
220 kPa (2.2 kgf/cm2, 32 psi or lb/po2)
220 kPa (2.2 kgf/cm2, 32 psi or lb/po2)
Temporary spare tire
Tire size
Inflation pressure
T115/70D15
420 kPa (60 psi)
qFuses
Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-42.
10-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
10-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
11
11-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
A
B
Accessory Socket .............................. 6-55
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Bottle Holder ..................................... 6-51
Brake/Clutch
Accessories ....................................... 9-13
Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-44
Air Filter ............................................ 8-21
Ambient Temperature Display .......... 6-47
Antenna ............................................. 6-16
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-7
Warning light ............................... 5-7
Appearance Care ............................... 8-47
Ashtray .............................................. 6-49
Audio System ................................... 6-16
Audio control switch .................. 6-40
Audio set .................................... 6-23
Operating tips for audio
Fluid ........................................... 8-16
Brakes
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-7
Foot brake .................................... 5-4
Pad wear indicator ........................ 5-8
Parking brake ............................... 5-5
Warning light ............................... 5-6
Break-In Period ................................... 4-7
Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-33
C
Capacities .......................................... 10-5
Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-5
Cargo Securing Loops ...................... 6-53
Cargo Sub-Compartment .................. 6-54
Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-3
Cell Phones ....................................... 9-14
Center Box ........................................ 6-52
Center Console .................................. 6-52
Child Restraint
system ........................................ 6-16
Safety certification ..................... 6-42
Automatic Transaxle
Driving tips ................................ 5-15
Fluid ........................................... 8-18
Manual shift mode ..................... 5-12
Shift-lock system ........................ 5-11
Transaxle ranges ........................ 5-10
Installing child-restraint
B
systems ....................................... 2-32
LATCH child-restraint
Battery
systems ....................................... 2-39
Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors ..... 3-9
Cigarette Lighter ............................... 6-48
Climate Control System ...................... 6-2
Gas specifications ...................... 10-6
Clock ................................................. 6-47
Courtesy Lights ................................. 6-45
Cruise Control ................................... 5-16
Cup Holder ........................................ 6-50
Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2
Emergency starting .................... 7-16
Maintenance ............................... 8-28
Specifications ............................. 10-4
Beep sounds
Ignition key reminder ................. 5-37
Lights-on reminder ..................... 5-37
Seat belt warning beep ............... 5-37
Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-6
After getting in ............................. 4-6
Before getting in .......................... 4-6
Body Lubrication .............................. 8-21
11-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
D
F
Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-26
Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-39
Defroster
Flasher
Hazard warning .......................... 5-44
Headlights .................................. 5-38
Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3
Changing ...................................... 7-8
Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3
Fluids
Classification .............................. 10-4
Owner maintenance ..................... 8-7
Fog Lights ......................................... 5-40
Foot Brake .......................................... 5-4
Front Seats
Rear window .............................. 5-42
Dimensions ....................................... 10-5
Door Locks ......................................... 3-7
Driving In Flooded Area ................... 4-10
Driving Tips ........................................ 4-7
Automatic transaxle ................... 5-15
Break-in period ............................ 4-7
Driving in flooded area .............. 4-10
Hazardous driving ........................ 4-8
Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-7
Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-8
Winter driving .............................. 4-9
(Electrically Operated Seats) ............... 2-5
Front Seats
(Manually Operated Seats) ................. 2-2
Fuel
Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-24
Gauge ......................................... 5-26
Requirements ............................... 4-2
Tank capacity ............................. 10-5
Fuses ................................................. 8-42
Panel description ........................ 8-44
Replacement ............................... 8-42
E
Emergency Starting ........................... 7-16
Flooded engine ........................... 7-16
Jump-starting .............................. 7-17
Push-starting .............................. 7-19
Emergency Towing ........................... 7-20
Emission Control System .................... 4-3
Engine
G
Coolant ....................................... 8-13
Exhaust gas .................................. 4-5
Hood release .............................. 3-26
Oil .............................................. 8-10
Overheating ................................ 7-14
Starting ......................................... 5-3
Engine Compartment Overview .......... 8-9
Engine Coolant
Glove Box ......................................... 6-52
H
Hatch ................................................. 3-10
Luggage compartment cover ...... 3-11
Luggage strap ............................. 3-11
Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-44
Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-8
Overheating ................................ 7-14
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge ................................................ 5-25
Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-5
Exterior Care ..................................... 8-49
11-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
H
J
Jump-Starting .................................... 7-17
Headlights
Control ....................................... 5-38
K
Flashing ...................................... 5-38
High-low beam .......................... 5-38
On reminder ............................... 5-38
HomeLink Wireless Control
Keyless Entry System ......................... 3-3
Keys .................................................... 3-2
System .............................................. 5-44
Hood Release .................................... 3-26
Horn .................................................. 5-43
L
Label Information ............................. 10-2
Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-39
Trunk Release lever ........................... 3-21
Liftgate .............................................. 3-12
Luggage compartment cover ...... 3-14
Luggage compartment net .......... 3-15
Light Bulbs
Replacement ............................... 8-33
Specifications ............................. 10-6
Lighter ............................................... 6-48
Lighting Control ............................... 5-38
Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4
Luggage Compartment Light ............ 6-45
I
Ignition
Keys ............................................. 3-2
Switch .......................................... 5-2
Illuminated Entry System ................. 6-43
Immobilizer System .......................... 3-29
Indicator Lights ................................. 5-27
Cruise Main ................................ 5-35
Cruise set .................................... 5-36
Headlight high-beam .................. 5-34
Security ...................................... 5-34
Shift position .............................. 5-34
TCS ............................................ 5-35
TCS OFF .................................... 5-35
Turn-signal/hazard warning ....... 5-36
Information Display .......................... 6-46
Ambient temperature display ..... 6-47
Audio display ............................. 6-48
Climate control display .............. 6-48
Clock .......................................... 6-47
Information display functions .... 6-46
Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-23
Interior Care ...................................... 8-52
Interior Lights ................................... 6-43
M
Maintenance
Introduction .................................. 8-2
Owner maintenance precautions... 8-8
Owner maintenance schedule ....... 8-7
Scheduled ..................................... 8-3
Manual Transaxle Operation ............... 5-8
Recommendations for shifting ..... 5-9
Map Lights ........................................ 6-44
Mirrors
Outside mirrors .......................... 3-34
Rearview mirror ......................... 3-35
Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-7
Moonroof .......................................... 3-27
11-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
O
S
Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-24
Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-34
Overhead Console ............................. 6-51
Overhead Lights ................................ 6-44
Overheating....................................... 7-14
Overloading ...................................... 4-10
Seat Belt System
3-point type ................................ 2-19
Automatic locking ...................... 2-18
belt minder ................................. 2-27
Emergency locking .................... 2-18
Extender ..................................... 2-25
Pregnant women ........................ 2-18
Pretensioner and load limiting.... 2-21
Rear-center lap/shoulder ............. 2-23
Seat belt precautions .................. 2-16
warning light/beep ..................... 2-26
P
Paint Damage .................................... 8-47
Parking Brake ..................................... 5-5
Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2
Power Door Locks .............................. 3-8
Power Steering .................................. 5-16
Fluid ........................................... 8-17
Power Windows ................................ 3-22
Push-Starting ..................................... 7-19
Seats
Front seat
(Electrically operated seats) ......... 2-5
Front seat
(Manually operated seats) ............ 2-2
Rear seat ....................................... 2-9
Security System
R
Immobilizer system .................... 3-29
Theft-deterrent system ............... 3-32
Service Publications .......................... 9-20
Spare Tire and Tool Storage ................ 7-3
Specifications .................................... 10-4
Speedometer ...................................... 5-24
SRS Air Bags
Rear Door Child Safety Locks ............ 3-9
Rear Seat ............................................. 2-9
Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-42
Rear Window Washer ....................... 5-42
Rear Window Wiper.......................... 5-42
Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-35
Recreational Towing ......................... 7-21
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign
Country ............................................. 9-12
Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-8
How the Air Bags Work ............. 2-52
Supplemental restraint systems
precautions ................................. 2-44
Starting the Engine.............................. 5-3
Steering Wheel .................................. 3-34
Horn ........................................... 5-43
Storage Box ...................................... 6-53
S
Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-18
11-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
S
T
Storage Compartments ...................... 6-51
Cargo securing loops .................. 6-53
Cargo sub-compartment ............. 6-54
Center box .................................. 6-52
Center console ............................ 6-52
Glove box ................................... 6-52
Overhead console ....................... 6-51
Storage box ................................ 6-53
Storage pocket ............................ 6-52
Storage Pocket .................................. 6-52
Sunshade ........................................... 3-28
Sunvisors .......................................... 6-43
Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-20
TCS indicator light ..................... 5-21
TCS OFF indicator light ............ 5-21
TCS OFF switch ........................ 5-21
Trailer Towing ................................... 4-11
Trip Meter ......................................... 5-24
Trunk Lid .......................................... 3-18
Trunk Light ....................................... 3-20
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-39
V
Vanity Mirrors ................................... 6-43
Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2
T
Tachometer ........................................ 5-25
Temporary Spare Tire ....................... 8-31
Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-32
Tires
W
Warning Lights ................................. 5-27
seat belt ...................................... 5-32
ABS ............................................ 5-31
Air bag system ........................... 5-31
Automatic transaxle ................... 5-33
Brake system .............................. 5-29
Charging system ......................... 5-30
Check engine.............................. 5-30
Door-ajar .................................... 5-33
Engine oil pressure ..................... 5-30
Front seat belt pretensioner
system ........................................ 5-31
Low fuel ..................................... 5-32
Low washer fluid level ............... 5-33
Warranty .............................................. 9-9
Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-20
Weights ............................................. 10-6
Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-32
Windows
Flat tire ......................................... 7-3
Inflation pressure ........................ 8-30
Replacement ............................... 8-31
Rotation ...................................... 8-30
Snow tires .................................... 4-9
Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3
Specifications ............................. 10-7
Tire chains .................................... 4-9
Uniform tire quality grading system
(UTQGS) ................................... 9-16
Tool ..................................................... 7-3
Towing
Description ................................. 7-20
Emergency towing ..................... 7-20
Recreational towing ................... 7-21
Trailer towing ............................. 4-11
Power windows .......................... 3-22
Windshield Washer ........................... 5-41
11-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
W
Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-41
Blades replacement .................... 8-23
Winter Driving .................................... 4-9
11-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
11-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|
LaCie Computer Drive Rugged User Manual
Land Pride Lawn Mower 4400ex User Manual
Lennox Hearth Indoor Fireplace 850055M User Manual
Lenovo Laptop Y471A User Manual
LG Electronics Microwave Oven LMV1680DB User Manual
Mackie Stereo Equalizer VST User Manual
Magnavox Flat Panel Television 20MF500T User Manual
Marmitek Home Security System 20075 20070403 User Manual
Maytag Range WT TOD User Manual
Memorex TV VCR Combo MVT2135B User Manual